2001 Model Year XK8 Range Electrical Guide: Jaguar Cars Limited Published by Parts and Service Communications

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
2001 Model Year

XK8 Range Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications

Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14/10

XK8 Range 2001 Introduction
Electrical Guide Format

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic
systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e.
Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
ACP Audio Control Protocol Network
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
COUPE Coupe Vehicles
CONV. Convertible Vehicles
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XK8 Electrical System
The vehicle electrical system is a ground side switched system. The ignition switch switches ground circuits on / off to
complete system circuits and apply power. Circuits that require ignition switch position control are supplied with “ignition
switched grounds”. Both power grounds (high current consumers) and logic grounds (electronic switching circuits) are
used throughout the system.
Three data networks are employed in the vehicle: a high speed Controller Area Network (CAN) for the engine, drive train
and related systems, a Standard Corporate Protocol network (SCP) for the body systems, and an Audio Control Protocol
network (ACP) for certain In-Car Entertainment and Telephone functions. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures
with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control.
Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. In addition to the two networks, the vehicle uses
a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics, security sounder operation and for the programming of certain control modules.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 1

Table of Contents XK8 Range 2001
Table of Contents: Figures ........................................................................................... 3 – 4

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9
User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 11
Symbols and Codes ................................................................................................... 12 – 15
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16
Main Power Distribution ............................................................................................. 17
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 – 19
Ground Point Location ................................................................................................ 20
Relay and Fuse Box Location ..................................................................................... 21
Control Module Location ............................................................................................ 22 – 23
Control Module Pin Identification ............................................................................... 24 – 31
Electrical Guide Figures and Data .................................................. follows after page 31
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP messages) ........................................ follows Figures and Data
2 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

XK8 Range 2001 Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment,
EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator

03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator ............................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator ............................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1 ........................................... AJ27 N/A Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ27 N/A Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ27 SC Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ............................................ AJ27 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gear Shift Interlock ........................................................................ All Vehicles
06 Chassis
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
06.2 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
06.3 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
06.4 ...... Adaptive Speed Control ................................................................. Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings

08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles

Table of Contents: Figures XK8 Range 2001
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
11 Steering Column; Mirrors

11.1 ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles
11.2 ...... Mirror Movement and Tint ............................................................. All Vehicles
11.3 ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement ................................................ 5-Way Movement Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System

14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top

15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles
15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Communications; Navigation
17.1 ...... Cellular Telephone: Portable ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
17.2 ...... Cellular Telephone: Fixed ............................................................... ROW Vehicles
17.3 ...... Navigation System ......................................................................... Navigation Only Vehicles
17.4 ...... Navigation System with TV and VICS ............................................. TV and VICS Vehicles
18 Occupant Safety
18.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................... All Vehicles
19 Driver Assist
19.1 ...... Reverse Parking Aid ....................................................................... Reverse Parking Aid Vehicles
20 Ancillaries
20.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; ................................................... All Vehicles
Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener
21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems

21.1 ...... CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles

XK8 Range 2001 Component Index
ABS / Traction Control Control Module .................................... Fig. 06.1 Brake Cancel Switch ................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.4
Accelerometers ....................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
Active Security Sounder .......................................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 Brake Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Adaptive Damping Control Module .......................................... Fig. 06.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
Adaptive Speed Control Booster Control Module .................... Fig. 06.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
Adaptive Speed Control Brake Booster .................................... Fig. 06.4 Canister Close Valve (CCV) ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Adaptive Speed Control Control Module .................................. Fig. 06.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 CD Auto-Changer ..................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Adaptive Speed Control Master Switch ................................... Fig. 06.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
Air Assist Close Valve .............................................................. Fig. 04.1 Cellular Phone Control Module ................................................ Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ........................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 Center Console Switch Pack .................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Air Conditioning Control Module .............................................. Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 Cigar Lighter ............................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) .......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Air Conditioning Control Panel ................................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 Camshaft Position Sensors (CMPS) ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Air Intake – LH & RH Blower ................................................... Fig. 07.1
Column Joy Stick (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 11.1
Airbags .................................................................................... Fig. 18.1
Convertible Top Closed Switch ................................................ Fig. 15.2
Ambient Temperature Sensor .................................................. Fig. 07.1
Convertible Top Down Switch ................................................. Fig. 15.2
Antenna Motor ........................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 Convertible Top Latch Closed Switch ...................................... Fig. 15.2
Aspirator Assembly ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 Convertible Top Pump ............................................................. Fig. 15.2
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear ........................ Fig. 08.2 Convertible Top Raised Switch ................................................ Fig. 15.2
Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ...................................... Fig. 11.1 Convertible Top Ready-To-Latch Switch .................................. Fig. 15.2
Battery ..................................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Convertible Top Switch ............................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
Blower Motors ........................................................................ Fig. 07.2 Coolant Level Switch ............................................................... Fig. 08.1
Body Processor Module .......................................................... Fig. 03.1 Crash Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 D – 4 Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 Damper Solenoids ................................................................... Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 Data Link Connector ................................................................ Fig. 21.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 Dimmer Control (Column Switchgear) ..................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 Dimmer Module ...................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 Diode (BT29) – Trunk Switch ................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 Door Control Module – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Brake Booster Pressure Sensors ............................................. Fig. 06.4

Component Index XK8 Range 2001
Door Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 10.1 Footwell Lamps ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 Front Fog Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 Front Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 Front Side Markers (NAS only) ................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (FTPS) ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Door Lock Actuator – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
Fuel Fill Flap Solenoid .............................................................. Fig. 13.1
Door Lock Actuator – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 13.1
Fuel Injectors ........................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Door Lock Switch – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Door Lock Switches – Driver ................................................... Fig. 10.1 Fuel Level Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
Fuel Pump ............................................................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 Fuel Pumps ............................................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Fuse Box – Driver Side ............................................................ Fig. 01.2
Door Mirror Motors – Driver .................................................... Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Door Mirror Motors – Passenger ............................................. Fig. 11.2 Fuse Box – Engine Compartment ............................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Door Mirror – Driver ................................................................. Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Door Mirror – Passenger .......................................................... Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Door Switch – Driver ................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 Fuse Box – Engine Management ............................................. Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Door Switch – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 10.1 Fuse Box – Passenger Side ..................................................... Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 Fuse Box – Trunk ..................................................................... Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Driver Seat Track Switch ......................................................... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Dual Linear Switch ................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
ECM and TCM Cooling Fan ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 Garage Door Opener (Roof Console) ....................................... Fig. 20.1
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) ............................ Fig. 04.1 Gear Selector Illumination Module ........................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
EGR Valve ................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ..................................................... Fig. 05.3
Engine Control Module ............................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 Generator ................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 Glass Breakage Sensor (Roof Console) .................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 Glove Box Lamp ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Head Restraint Control Module – Driver .................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 Head Restraint Control Module – Passenger ........................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor (EOTS) ................................... Fig. 04.1 Head Restraint Motor – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ...................................... Fig. 07.1 Head Restraint Motor – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.3
Evaporative Emission Control Valve (EVAPP) ........................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 Headlamp Leveling Actuators .................................................. Fig. 09.3
External Trunk Release Switch ................................................ Fig. 13.1 Heated Backlight ..................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Fascia Accessory Connector .................................................... Fig. 20.1

Heater Pump ........................................................................... Fig. 07.2 Major Instrument Pack ............................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
Heater Valve ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
High Mount Stop Lamp ........................................................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
High Power Protection Module ................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) ............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) .............................................. Fig. 20.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
Horns ....................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 (IATS 2) ................................ Fig. 04.3
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) ............................ Fig. 04.3
Ignition Coils ............................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 Minor Instrument Pack ............................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Ignition Switch (Key-In Switch) ................................................ Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Mirror Joy Stick (Driver Door Switch Pack) .............................. Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1 Mirrors ..................................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
Mode Switch (Transmission) ................................................... Fig. 05.1
Ignitors (Airbag) ....................................................................... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Inclination Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 13.2
Navigation Control Module ...................................................... Fig. 10.2
Inertia Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
Intercooler Pump ..................................................................... Fig. 04.4
Navigation Display ................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Interior Rear View Mirror ......................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
Key Fob Antenna ..................................................................... Fig. 13.1
Navigation GPS Antenna .......................................................... Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Neutral Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Key Transponder Module ......................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 Not-In-Park Microswitch .......................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 05.3 Number Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 09.2
Kickdown Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 05.2 Occupancy Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 18.1
Knock Sensors (KS) ................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Occupancy Sensing Module .................................................... Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Latch Control Valve .................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Oxygen Sensors (O2S) ............................................................ Fig. 04.1
Leveling Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ........................ Fig. 09.3
Parking Aid Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 Parking Aid Sounder ................................................................ Fig 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 Parking Brake Switch ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
Passenger Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp ......................... Fig. 18.1
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) ................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 Passenger Seat Weight Pressure Sensor ................................ Fig. 18.1
Main Control Valve .................................................................. Fig. 15.2 Passenger Seat Weight Sensing Module ................................. Fig. 18.1
Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 13.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Power Amplifier ....................................................................... Fig. 16.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2
Powerwash Pump ................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Component Index XK8 Range 2001
Pedal Position Sensors (PPS) ................................................... Fig. 04.1 Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Puddle Lamps .......................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Quarter Light Lifts .................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Seat Control Module – Passenger ............................................ Fig. 11.3
Radiator Fan Control Relay Module .......................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Radiator Fans ........................................................................... Fig. 04.2 Seat Cushion (Heater) – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 Seat Cushion (Heater) – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.3
Radio / Cassette Head Unit ...................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 Seat Heater Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) .................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
Radio Antenna ......................................................................... Fig. 16.1 Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1 Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
Rain Sensing Module ............................................................... Fig. 14.1 Seat Motors – Driver ................................................................ Fig. 12.1
Rain Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Reader / Exciter Coil (Column Switchgear) ............................... Fig. 13.2 Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
Rear Interior Lamp (Coupe Only) .............................................. Fig. 10.1 Security Active Indicator .......................................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Rear Side Markers (NAS Only) ................................................. Fig. 09.2
Security and Locking Control Module ...................................... Fig. 09.2
Refrigerant 4-Way Pressure Switch ......................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Regulator (Generator) .............................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
Restraints Control Module ....................................................... Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Side DI Repeaters (ROW) ........................................................ Fig. 09.1
Reverse Parking Aid Control Module ....................................... Fig. 19.1 Solar Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Roof Console ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Speakers – Mid-Bass ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Speakers –Tweeter .................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Seat Back Latch Switch – Driver .............................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 Speakers – Fascia .................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Seat Back Latch Switch – Passenger ....................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 Speakers – Rear (Convertible) .................................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Seat Back Tilt Switch – Driver .................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 Speakers – Rear Quarter .......................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Seat Back Tilt Switch – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 Speaker – Rear (Coupe) ........................................................... Fig. 16.2
Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Driver ........................................ Fig. 12.1 Speed Control On / Off Switch ................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Passenger ................................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 Speed Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Seat Belt Switch – Driver ......................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 Squab (Heater) – Driver ............................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Seat Belt Switch – Passenger .................................................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 Squab (Heater) – Passenger ..................................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
Stability / Traction Control Switch ............................................ Fig. 06.1

Starter Motor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Vehicle Information Control Beacon Module ............................ Fig. 17.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Vehicle Information Control Infrared Sensor ............................ Fig. 17.4
Steering Column Motors ......................................................... Fig. 11.1
Vehicle Information Control Module ........................................ Fig. 17.4
Suppression Module ................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2 Vent Assembly ........................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Switch Pack – Driver Door ....................................................... Fig. 10.2 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Valves (VVT Solenoid Valves) .. Fig. 04.1
Switch Pack – Driver Door Memory ......................................... Fig. 10.2 Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) .................................. Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1 Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 Window Lift Switches – Driver Door ........................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Driver Seat ........................................................ Fig. 12.1 Window Lift Switches – Passenger Door ................................. Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Window Lift – Driver ................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2
Window Lift – Passenger ......................................................... Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 Windshield Heaters ................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Tail Lamp Units ........................................................................ Fig. 09.2 Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1
Telephone Antenna ................................................................. Fig. 17.1 Wiper Motor ............................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Telephone Handset ................................................................. Fig. 17.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Telephone Microphone ............................................................ Fig. 17.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Television Antenna Amplifier ................................................... Fig. 17.4
Television Antennas ................................................................ Fig. 17.4
Television Module ................................................................... Fig. 17.4
Throttle Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) ................................................ Fig. 04.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ................................. Fig. 05.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 06.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC ................................... Fig. 05.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 21.1
Transmission Rotary Switch .................................................... Fig. 05.1
Trip Computer Switch Pack ..................................................... Fig. 08.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ..................................................... Fig. 20.1
Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switch .......................................... Fig. 10.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
Trunk Lamps ............................................................................ Fig. 10.1
Trunk Release Solenoid ........................................................... Fig. 13.1
Trunk Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Valet Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 10.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
Vanity Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Variable Steering Converter ..................................................... Fig. 06.2

User Instructions XK8 Range 2001
Figure and Data Page Layout

Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference sym-
bols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method
eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure
02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states. The
values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive” means a
load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit soperation and
should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.1

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive COMPONENTS
I FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2) Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D FC14-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BATTERY BT66 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I FC14-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
BT67 / EYELET
O FC14-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
I FC14-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
Pin Description Active Inactive EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
ST11 / EYELET
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
Pin Description Active Inactive KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) STARTER MOTOR ST3 / EYELET ENGINE BLOCK
ST10 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
O Output A ACP Network D Serial and Encoded Data Hz Frequency
SS Sensor Supply V C CAN (Network) B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
XK8 Range 2001 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig. 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
B B
500A BT61 BT80 ST1
B
BT62 01.1
B B
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R
01.1
BT68 BATTERY HIGH POWER

PROTECTION MODULE
N B+
13
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW
1 I
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU 02.1
FC4-3 Y EM50
D
BK I WR FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 80
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 YB
BK D
FC14-92 W 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH 55
(III) II
FC3BL ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
LOGIC
BK BK RU RU I
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION GLASS BREAKAGE
YB D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-9
SECURITY
D Y Y Y D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL G EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 05.1 I
EM81-12
OK TO START D O O D OK TO START
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
B B B
STS1
7
ST10
47 WU
II
PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O Output – Sensor Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data
VIN RANGE: A11051 ➞
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE

Symbols and Codes XK8 Range 2001
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X Ignition Switched Power Supply
I II E
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNI-
TION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
XX XX
X I II Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE
CRANK).
XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are over-
lapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-
ployed on the corresponding data page.

XK8 Range 2001 Symbols and Codes
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes

N Brown O Orange
SPLICE B Black S Slate
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
BULB G Green P Purple
CAPACITOR R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
CONNECTOR
When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indi-
cates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates
the tracer color.
DIODE
Wiring Harness Codes
DIODE (IN HARNESS) Code Description
XX1-X XX1 XX1-X
AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)
AN Generator Suppression Module
AS Generator to Starter
EYELET AND STUD BB Trunk Bridging Link
BC Main Power Distribution
BL Trunk Lid
FUSE BT Trunk
DD Door, Driver
DP Door, Passenger
LOGIC GROUND EL Engine Management Speed Control Link
EM Engine Management
EN Engine Management Side Marker Link
FC Fascia
POWER GROUND
FL LH Front Wheel
FR RH Front Wheel
IC In-Car Entertainment
LED
IS Inclination Sensor Link
LF Left Forward
MOTOR
LL Power Steering Link
PI Engine
POTENTIOMETER QL Convertible LH Quarter Light Link
QR Convertible RH Quarter Light Link
RF Roof
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER RH Rearward
RL LH Rear Wheel
RR RH Rear Wheel
RESISTOR RT Radio Telephone
SA Starter to Generator Link
SOLENOID SC Column Switchgear
SD Seat, Driver
SP Seat, Passenger
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SW Steering Wheel
TL Telephone
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
Code Numbering
THERMISTOR
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002,
TRANSISTOR etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes
AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE

Symbols and Codes XK8 Range 2001
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER

EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)

FC7-15 (RHD)
Harness code Pin number

Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER

EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.
RHS3 RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code Splice number
Splice
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this in-
stance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
AC20 4 AC20 9
3 5 8 10
1 2 6 7

XK8 Range 2001 Symbols and Codes
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet stud position

There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A –
first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top).
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by
an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code Harness code Harness code

Ground stud number Ground stud number Ground stud number
FC2S LF1AR BT1CS
Single leg eyelet RH leg of eyelet Single leg eyelet

First eyelet on stud Third eyelet on stud
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designa-
tion is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
EM2AR LHD Vehicles

BT1AL Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
(EM1AR)
RHD Vehicles

Connectors XK8 Range 2001
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040 Multilock 070

Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector). connector).
Econoseal III LC Econoseal III HC

Low current sealed connector. High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.

XK8 Range 2001 Main Power Distribution
ENGINE COMPARTMENT GENERATOR

FUSE BOX LF70
ST11
STARTER
MOTOR
ST3
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

BT80
ST1
ENGINE MANAGEMENT ENGINE MANAGEMENT

FUSE BOX (RHD) EM70 EM70 FUSE BOX (LHD)
RHD
FCS40
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 FC90
FC93 BT65 FC92
FC91
RHD FC91
FC91
BT79
TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR
BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT60
BT62
BT63
BT66
+
BATTERY
BT68
BT67
TRUNK FUSE BOX

BT64

Harness Layout XK8 Range 2001
LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1
LF41 LF42
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK
PI – ENGINE LL – POWER STEERING LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
LF – LEFT FORWARD CRUISE CONTROL LINK
PI1 EM60 LL1 EL1 OR
PI2 EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
LF3 SIDE MARKER LINK
LF3
LF40
EM2 EM1
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
LF1 AC12 EM1

LF2 AC16 AC13 EM2
DD1 LF60 AC14 EM3 DP1
AC15
FC4 FC2
FC3 FC1
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

SC1
SC2 RF1
SC3
SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR RF – ROOF
SW – STEERING WHEEL SW1

SW2 FC – FASCIA
IC1
IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
FC6 FC5
IC4
SD1 SP1
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT SD2 SP2 SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK BT1
BT2
RH5 RH6 BT3
RH2 RH1 BT4
BT58
QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT3 BB1 BT1
BT2
BT72 BL1 BT73
RL – LH REAR WHEEL RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

XK8 Range 2001 Harness Layout
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1
LF41 LF42
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
PI – ENGINE ST – STARTER LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
LF – LEFT FORWARD CRUISE CONTROL LINK
PI1 OR
EM60 EL1 EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
PI2
LF3 SIDE MARKER LINK
LF3
LF40
EM2 EM1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)
LF1 AC12 EM1

LF2 AC16 AC13 EM2
DP1 LF60 AC14 EM3 DD1
AC15
FC4 FC2
FC3 FC1
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC1
RF1 SC2
SC3
SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC – FASCIA SW1 SW – STEERING WHEEL

SW2
RF – ROOF
IC1
IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
FC6 FC5
IC4
SP1 SD1 SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT SP2 SD2
RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK BT1
BT2
RH5 RH6 BT3
RH2 RH1 BT4
BT58
QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT3 BB1 BT1
BT2
BT72 BL1 BT73
RL – LH REAR WHEEL RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

Ground Point Location XK8 Range 2001
LF1
LF2
EM2 EM1
(QUIET GROUND)
LF3
FC4 FC2
FC3 FC1
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT GROUND
FC6 FC5
RH3
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)
RH2 RH1
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
BT68
BATTERY GROUND
BT1
BT2
BT3

XK8 Range 2001 Relay and Fuse Box Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX RELAYS
Engine compartment fuse box
Ignition positive relay
Horn relay
Dip beam relay
Powerwash relay
Main beam relay
Front fog relay
Heater pump relay
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) O2S heaters relay
O2S heaters relay Engine management fuse box
Engine management fuse box Intercooler pump relay (LHD)
Ignition coil relay Fuel injection relay
Throttle motor power relay Throttle motor power relay
Fuel injection relay Ignition coil relay
EMS control relay EMS control relay
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

A/C compressor clutch relay Starter relay
Wiper RUN/STOP relay LH windshield heater relay
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay RH windshield heater relay
Intercooler pump relay (RHD)
LH FASCIA RELAYS RH FASCIA RELAYS

Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (LHD)
Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD)
Door mirror heater relay Door locking relay
Driver side fuse box (LHD) Air conditioning isolate relay

Passenger side fuse box (RHD)
Passenger side fuse box (LHD)

Driver side fuse box (RHD)
DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
RELAYS
LH blower motor relay
RH blower motor relay
TRUNK RELAYS
Heated backlight relay
Tail lamp relay
Top up relay
Top down relay
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
Fuel pump 2 relay
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
Trunk fuse box
Ignition positive relay

Accessory connector relay
Stop lamp relay
Fuel pump 1 relay
Rear fog relay
NOTE: All relays are brown, with the exception of the microrelays, which are black.

Control Module Location XK8 Range 2001
LHD
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CONTROL MODULE

OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR RAIN SENSING MODULE

ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING SECURITY AND LOCKING


XK8 Range 2001 Control Module Location
RHD
CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

CONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSING MODULE
RESTRAINTS DIMMER MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR DRIVER DOOR
GEAR SELECTOR OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE

ILLUMINATION MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT DRIVER SEAT

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING SECURITY AND LOCKING


24
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84

EM85
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GW GW R R G G B O* UY RG OG W WU U RW OY GR G R — GO OY N Y P BG OY WR RU — — U BW BW BW BO BG B
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8 7 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
B U W W O YU YG — — U UY WU RG* YG YR WU G — N B B GU N Y W OG BG G B O G G N BG BR YG YG UY BG BR GU GR GO GW —
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
B — BK — U — RW — UY Y BG — OY BK — G O WR O Y O UY WR GW BW BW Y Y N N N NR B BO GB GW GO GU B
* Not used – ROW Vehicles.

EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
Control Module Pin Identification
5 4 3 2 1
U — — UY RU
12 11 10 9 8 7 6
— — — — WG B B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84

EM85
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
XK8 Range 2001
GW GW R R G G B O* UY — — W WU U — — GR G R W GO OY N Y P BG OY WR — — — U BW BW BW BO BG B
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8 7 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
B U W W O YU YG RW — U UY WU RG* YG YR WU G — N B B GU N Y W OG BG G B O G G N BG BR YG YG UY BG BR GU GR GO GW —
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
B — BK BW U — RW — UY Y BG O OY BK — G O WR O Y O UY WR GW BW BW Y Y N N N NR B BO GB GW GO GU B
* Not used – ROW Vehicles.

EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
DATE OF ISSUE:
5 4 3 2 1
U YG YU UY RU
12 11 10 9 8 7 6
— — YR YR WG B B
September 2000
DATE OF ISSUE:
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
September 2000
EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
OY RU — O OG B — R W — — RU OG N W B — — — — BG UY W — — NR — BW
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
O YB — YU YU B — Y Y — — — — G — O RG — — — — — O RU RW WB WB
XK8 Range 2001
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — G Y — G Y — —
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM73 EM72
EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 37 38 L H
— — GB GU GU GR WB B BW UY U O O RW G Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17
G BW RU — — — — — — — G BG YB YU YU OG
25
26
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BT69
LF37
BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
— BG U R — OG U OG NW W — O OY O GU OY —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
YR — OY — — — — — — O WR — R OG OG — — B
LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK

1 17
UY 10 W
2 — 18
OG 11 R
3 — 19
Y 12 O
4 — 20
G 13 WU
5 U 21
Y 14 W
6 R 22
XK8 Range 2001
Y 15 U
7 G 23
O 16 —
RW
8 24
B B
9 25
NR NW
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 2000
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 2000
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
XK8 Range 2001
AC4 AC3 AC2 AC1
AC4 / 22-WAY / GREY AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 22 14 15 24 25 26
B GW OY U GW BW BK O Y YR — — U WU — O YG — UY — U GU GR RW GU RU YR Y NR —
WR B — — — — O GU
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 11 1 2 11 12 13
WR WU NW RW U U UY W UY Y YG — OY U OG RG Y — YB YG OG GO UY UY GR RW UY RW R —
WU GW — RG U — OY UY
27
28
FC25 FC26
FC25 / 26-WAY / BLACK FC26 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
WG RG YR BK — RU YB UY R Y Y — Y BW RU G O Y RG OG U OY YG RW RW R
XK8 Range 2001
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
U R B RW Y O — — — G G BR — — — — OG Y RG OY G OG OY Y UY RW
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 2000
DATE OF ISSUE:
September 2000
FC14
FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
NG N GR GR GB U Y OG Y YG GR BG BW YB Y G RU N WG GB UY BR RW N — NW
XK8 Range 2001
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
R G YU OY — YB Y RW WG GU Y — — RU O OG O GW YR — GO RW — GO GU U
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
GO RW Y U Y WR RG GO G GW GR RU Y WU RW UY BG U U — — OG — GW RW BW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
BG GW W GU YR Y RU BW GU YR YB W GO O WU RW OY YB WG OG — WB WU NW B YG
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
BT42 BT41 BT40
FC22
BT42 / 10-WAY / BLACK BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RU RU RG U OY RW RW — BK — GW YU RU RW — GW* — — Y OG NR Y GW* U* O O — YB OG O O — NR — — YB
10 9 8 7 6 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
R RW R UY O YR — — — — — — YR — — — — — U NW BK BK — — UY* GR* — — — Y O — WU WR BK —
* Not used – COUPE Vehicles.

29
30
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
FC10
FC8 FC9
FC8 / 24-WAY / BLACK FC9 / 40-WAY / BLACK FC10 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
WR RU RW BW NW NG — — — — — — — — — — — — — — W O N Y W BK U O —
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
O W — — — — O U OY YU
(RHD) W G W Y W U N G — — U O —
13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30
RW BW Y BK — — UY OY BW RW YU YG W G WU GU WU GU W G
19 20 21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
YB OG OG BW — — RW BW RW BW — — — — — —
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11 DD10
XK8 Range 2001
DP11 DP10
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DATE OF ISSUE:
BR WU GU NG YR U NR O YB Y UY U BW N — — GU — — — — O YB Y UY U BW N
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
WG — — OY — WB Y BK OY GW UY RW U BG U BK — — — — — — — — OY GW UY RW U BG U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
UY O GW — — O — OG RU WU GB BO B Y — — GW — — — — OG RU WU — BO B Y
September 2000
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT
DATE OF ISSUE:
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SD22
September 2000
SD3 SD4 SD5
SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK SD22 / 16-WAY / BLACK
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 6 7 8 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
UY OY W WG GU GR GW NR WU YG — — WR YB — — — — — — — — — G Y U B B G UY RU OG — N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
GO BG O R G GR WU WR WG BG — — W WB — Y — WR W BO — BO B OG UY NR BW BG Y U YU W WG NG
XK8 Range 2001
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT

CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SP22
SP3 SP5
SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK SP22 / 16-WAY / BLACK

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
UY OY W WG W WG GW NR — — G Y U — B G UY RU OG — N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
GO NG O R G GR WU WR — B OG OY NR BW BG Y U YU W WG NG
31
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BT67 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FC94 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
LF70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
EM70 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK}
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT44 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT49 / 1-WAY LUCAR
BT66 / EYELET
RELAYS
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT65 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
BT79 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC91 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
BT2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT2BS EYELET (SINGLE) / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

XK8 Range 2001 Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
TUNNEL FALSE BULKHEAD

STUD CONNECTOR STUD CONNECTOR
B B B
7 03.1 03.2 STARTER
BT61 BT80 ST1
500A
B BT79 B
B B BT62 FC91 BT65 FCS40
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63 R

250A
BATTERY HIGH POWER B

PROTECTION MODULE
BT68
(RHD)
(LHD)
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: U

WINDOW LIFT OPERATION 15.1 24
NR 04.1 04.3 ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BT44-2 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
11 12 2 10
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: II I II II
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION 15.1 47
NW 25 A
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BT44-1
RG R WR B B WU B B RG B B
BT12-9 FC21-6 FC6-6 LF7-9 EM20-6
BATTERY POST B+
(BT66)
BT64 FC90 FC93 FC92 FC90 N LF70 EM70
WG WG 4 20.1
FC94
BT2-14 BT49
2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
TRANSIT 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
ISOLATION DEVICE
IGNITION POSITIVE AUXILIARY POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE EMS CONTROL
RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6
II I II II E
WG O
RH2-20 FC14-97
1 09.2 1 07.2
5 WU I
II
FC14-15 2 07.2 2 09.1
16 WR I 3 09.2 3 09.1
I
FC14-32
4 04.2 04.4 4 14.1
5 09.2 5 09.1
LOGIC 6 20.1 6 13.2 13.3 20.1
RELAYS RELAYS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

POWER
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
TRUNK FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: All Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FC94 / EYELET
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT58 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC2 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 24-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH14 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

Battery Power Distribution:
XK8 Range 2001 Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2
3 2
NR NR NR NR
8 11.3 12.1 12.2 28 11.3 12.3 12.4
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

#1 20A FC6 SD1-2 #1 20A FC21 SP1-2
-1 -1
NW NW NR
9 07.2 29 13.1
#2 10A FC6 NR
-5
NG #2 10A FC21 FCS89 NR
10 14.1 -5 30 13.1
NG NG NG #3 FC21 NW
11 14.1 -3 31 13.1
#3 30A FC6 LF1-20 LFS20 NW NW
-3
NG DP1-4 DPS2 NW
12 14.1 32 15.1
#4 FC6
-8
N N NW NW NW
13 BPM 33 11.1 11.2 12.1
#5 15A FC5 #4 5A FC21 AC13-14 ACS3
-9 -8
NR NW
14 06.1 09.1 09.2 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 34 11.2 11.3 15.1
NW NW
NR NR NR DD1-4 DDS2 NW
15 13.2 13.3 20.1 35 13.1
#6 5A FC5 FCS19 RF1-7
-10
NR NW
16 13.2 13.3 36 10.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
NW NW NR NR
17 BPM 37 17.1 17.2
#7 15A FC5 #5 5A FC20
-4 -9
NR NR NW NW
18 11.1 38 07.1
#8 10A FC5 FCS5 NW AC12-20
-7
N #6 10A FC20 FCS23 NW
19 12.1 12.2 -10 39 07.1
NR N
#9 FC5 SD1-5 SDS8 N N N
-2 20 12.1 12.2 40 11.1
#7 20A FC20
-4
NW (LHD) NG (RHD) NW (LHD) NG (RHD) N
21 07.2 41 12.3 12.4
#11 20A FC6 AC16-3 (LHD) N N
-2 AC15-2 (RHD)
#8 10A FC20 SP1-5 SPS8 N
-7 42 12.3 12.4
NW NW 22 21.1
#13 5A FC6 NR
-4 43 16.1 16.2
NR NR NR N NR NR
23 10.1 11.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
#15 25A FC5 FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) DD1-22 #9 10A FC20 IC2-13 ICS5 NR
-3 AC15-20 (RHD) -2 44 16.1 16.2
NR NR NR NG (LHD) NW (RHD) NG (LHD) NW (RHD)

24 01.1 15.1 45 07.2
RH2-8 BT2-8 #11 20A FC21 AC15-2 (LHD)
-2 AC16-3 (RHD)
NG NG NG 25 20.1
NG RH14-2 BT58-2 #13 FC21
FC5 FCS40 -4
#17 10A NG NW NW NW N
-1 26 20.1 46 10.1 11.2 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
#15 25A FC20 FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22
-3 AC16-1 (RHD)
R R 27 08.1
#18 5A FC5 NW NW NW
-6 47 01.1 15.1
RH2-13 BT2-2
NG NG
48 BPM
#17 15A FC20
DRIVER SIDE -1
FUSE BOX NR
49 10.2
NR
#18 10A FC20 FCS88 NR
-6 50 10.2
PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in

BPM numerous Figures.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
LF70 / EYELET
EM70 / EYELET
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
BT64 / EYELET
IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

Battery Power Distribution:
XK8 Range 2001 Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3
1 5 6
RELAYS RELAYS
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.1
(COUPE) NR
51 09.2 11.3 15.2
NR
52 15.2
NR (CONV.) NR NW WG WG
53 15.2 72 13.2 78 04.1 04.3
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 5A BT13 BTS36 #9 10A LF6 #1 30A EM20
-7 -3 -1
NR NW NW
54 15.2 79 04.4
#10 LF8 #2 20A EM20
-2 -5
NR NG NW NW
55 15.2 73 04.2 04.4 07.2 80 03.1 03.2
#12 30A LF7 #3 25A EM20
-3 -3
NW NW NG NR
56 06.3 74 04.2 04.4 07.2 81 04.1
#2 20A BT13 #14 30A LF8 NR (N/A)
-1 -4 EMS41
NG NG NW #4 5A EM20 NR
57 16.1 16.2 75 06.1 -8 82 05.1
#9 10A BT11 #16 30A LF7
-3 -4
NW NW NR (SC) NR
58 13.1 13.2 13.3 76 06.1 83 04.3
#10 10A BT13 #18 30A LF5
-2 -1
NG NW NW
59 15.2 84 04.2 04.4
NG #20 LF5 #5 10A EM19
BTS32 -3 -9
#12 20A (CONV.) BT12 NG NW
-3 60 15.2 77 06.4
#22 5A LF5 #6 EM19
-2 -10
NR
61 15.2
NR ENGINE COMPARTMENT
#7 EM19
BTS4 -4
#14 40A (CONV.) BT13 NR FUSE BOX NG NG
-4 62 15.2 85 04.2 04.4 07.2
#8 10A EM19
-7
NR NR NR NG NG
63 17.3 17.4 86 04.1 04.3
NR BT1-3 RH12-10 #9 30A EM19
-2
#16 5A BT12 BTS44 NR NR NR
-4 64 17.4 87 06.4
#11 10A EM20
-2
NR NR NR
65 17.3 17.4
IC4-10 ICS11 #13 EM20
-4
NR NG NG
NOTE: ICS11 – TV and VICS only. 66 17.4 88 07.2
#15 30A EM19
-3
NG NG NR NR
67 16.2 89 07.2
NG IC4-1 #17 30A EM19
BTS42 -1
#18 30A BT10 NG NG NW NW
-1 68 16.2 90 04.2 04.4
IC4-2 #18 10A EM19
-6
NR
69 15.2
NR ENGINE MANAGEMENT
#20 20A (CONV.) BT10 BTS31 NR FUSE BOX
-3 70 15.2
NW NW
71 04.4
#22 20A BT10
-2
TRUNK FUSE BOX

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
FC90 / EYELET
FC92 / EYELET
FC94 / EYELET
LF70 / EYELET
FC90 / EYELET
FC93 / EYELET
BT64 / EYELET
IC3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE LHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
RHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK LHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
RHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH9 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

XK8 Range 2001 Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4
3 1
II II
W OG 6 18.1
II
RH9-9
W 7 18.1
II
W WG 39 04.6
IGNITION POWER BUS
FCS44 II
W
IGNITION POWER BUS

#10 10A FC6 8
-7 II
18.1
WG WG 40 19.1
BTS1 II
W 9 18.1
#3 5A BT13
II -8
WR WR 41 06.3
II
WU 10 07.2 #4 5A BT13
II -9
WU WU WU 42 21.1
II
WU 11 07.1 #5 5A BT11 BT1-8 RH2-4
II -2
WG
WU WU WU WU 12 07.2 BT10
FCS8 ACS17 II -9
#12 10A FC6 AC15-3 43
-10 II
WU 13 07.2
II
WU 14 06.2 1 09.2
II
2 07.2
WG 15 04.2 04.4 06.4
II
WG 16 12.1 12.2 4 04.2 04.4

II
WG WG
RHS3 RELAYS
RH9-20 WG 17 12.3 12.4
II
WG WG 18 08.1
FCS29 II
#14 10A FC5
-8
WG WG 19 12.1 12.2 18.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
II
SD1-13
WG 20 12.3 12.4 18.1
II
WG WG
SP1-13 SPS6 WG 21 18.1 4
II II
(SC) WB 44 05.2
II
WR WR 22 11.3
II
RF1-1 WB 45 05.1
II
WR 23 07.2 WB WB (N/A)
IGNITION POWER BUS

II EMS42
WR WR #1 10A LF8 LF40-13 WB 46 05.1
EMS15 -7 II
EM2-3 WR 24 07.2
II
WU WU WU 47 03.1
II
03.2
WR 25 05.1 05.2
#2 5A LF8 LF3-13 PI2-12
II -1
WR 48 13.2
II
WR WR 26 05.1
II
05.2
FCS63 WR
#16 5A FC5 49 09.3
-5 II
WR 27 05.2
II
WR 50 09.3
II
WR WR 28 14.1
II
DRIVER SIDE FC49-1 WR WR WR 51 09.3
LFS5 II
FUSE BOX #3 5A LF8 LF60-9
-8
WR 52 06.4
II
2 WR WR 53 06.4
I II
LF3-7
WU WU 54 06.1
II
#4 5A LF8
-9
G G 29 17.1 W 55 03.1
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
I
17.2 II
03.2
#10 5A FC21
-7
W W 30 16.1 W W W 56 04.1
I
16.2 II
04.3
#12 5A FC21 IC2-12 #5 10A LF6 LF40-10 EMS6
-10 -2
WU WU 31 20.1 WR W 57 04.2
I II
04.4
#14 20A FC20 LF5
-8 -9
WU WU WU NOT USED 58
II
RH12-18 BT1-13
WU WU 32 17.3 17.4
1 07.2
FCS99 I
#16 5A FC20
-5 2 09.1
WU 33 17.4
I RELAYS
WU 34 17.4
I
PASSENGER SIDE WU 35 17.3 17.4

I
FUSE BOX WU WU
ICS10 WU
IC3-11 36 17.4
I
WU 37 17.4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

NOTE: ICS10 – TV and VICS only. I
FUSE BOX
WU 38 17.4
I

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
EM70 / EYELET

Engine Management Switched
XK8 Range 2001 Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Power Distribution Fig. 01.5
5
E
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

WR 59 04.1 04.3
E
WR
EMS7 WR
#10 5A EM20 60 04.1 04.3
-7 E
WU WU 61 04.2 04.4 07.2

E
LF40-12
(SC) WU 62 04.3
E
WU 63 04.1
E
WU WU WU (N/A)
EMS16 PIS6 WU
#12 10A EM20 PI1-28 64 04.1
-10 E
WU WU WU WU 65 04.1 04.3
E
EM3-5 RH2-19 BT1-7
WU WU 66 04.1 04.3
E
LF3-9
WU 67 04.2 04.4
E
WU 68 04.1 04.3
E
WU
EMS30 WU
#14 10A EM19 69 04.2 04.4 07.2
-8 E
WU 70 04.1 04.3
E
WU 71 04.3
E
WU WU
PIS8 WU
PI1-47 72 04.3
E
W W 73 04.1 04.3
E
#16 5A EM19
-5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
INERTIA SWITCH FC46 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

XK8 Range 2001 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
III III III III
II II II II
I I I I
IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH

(OFF) (I) (II) (III)
WU 2
II
01.1
WU 3
II
13.2 13.3
III RW
1 BPM
FC4-1 WU 4
II
20.1 20.2
II WU
FCS26 WU
FC4-3 5 BPM
I II
BK WR
FCS48 WU WU WU
FC4-5 FC4-2 6 04.1 04.3 05.3 06.1 06.3 09.2
BK II
IGNITION SWITCH AC13-2
GU 7 04.1 04.3
II
FC3BL EM2-11
RG 8 BPM
II
GU
WU FC46-2 RG 9 04.2 04.4 07.2
FC46-1 II
RG RG RG
FC46-3 FCS25 LFS27 RG
LF60-8 10 01.1
II
INERTIA SWITCH
RG RG RG 11 01.1
II
RH2-9 BT1-16
WR 12 01.1
I
WR WR WR 13 20.1
I
RH2-10 BT1-18
WR 14 10.2
I
WR 15 13.2
I
13.3
FCS20
WR 16 BPM
I
WR WR 17 07.1
I
AC13-1
WR 18 21.1
I
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in
numerous Figures.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
BT67 / EYELET
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
Pin Description Active Inactive EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST11 / EYELET
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
Pin Description Active Inactive KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
ST10 / EYELET
RELAYS
GROUNDS

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig. 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
B B
500A BT61 BT80 ST1
B
BT62 01.1
B B
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R
01.1

PROTECTION MODULE
N B+
13
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW
1 I
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU 02.1
FC4-3 Y EM50
D
02.1 80
BK D
W 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH FC14-92 55
(III) II
FC3BL ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
LOGIC
BK BK RU RU I
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7
BK POWER
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION GLASS BREAKAGE
YB D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-9
SECURITY
D Y Y Y D SECURITY
PARK, NEUTRAL G EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 05.1 I
EM81-12
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
B B B
STS1
7
ST10
47 WU
II
REGULATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
BT67 / EYELET
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH FC100 / 12-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
D FC14-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Pin Description Active Inactive EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST11 / EYELET
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BT61 / EYELET
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
Pin Description Active Inactive IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
ST10 / EYELET
RELAYS
GROUNDS
EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 SC Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ27 SC Fig. 03.2
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
B B
500A BT61 BT80 ST1
B 01.1
BT62
B B
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 R 01.1

PROTECTION MODULE
N B+
13
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW
1 I
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WU
02.1
FC4-3 Y EM50
D
02.1 80
BK D
W 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH FC14-92 55
II
FC3BL (III) ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY
P, N O RU RU I LOGIC
FC100-4 FC14-7
POWER
P, N O G
BODY PROCESSOR
B B B I FC100-11 EM1-11 MODULE
EMS43 EM2-2 FC100-2
EM2AL DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

(EM1AL)
I GO
ENGINE EM82-2
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION
GLASS BREAKAGE
I G YB D SECURITY
EM81-12 FC22-9 ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY D Y Y Y D SECURITY
EM82-16 EM3-8 FCS74 FC22-17
EM82-15 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
B B B
7
ST10 STS1
47 WU
II
REGULATOR
08.1
Y Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
R B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: AJ27 SC Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK BEHIND REAR AXLE / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – A BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – B BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-15 EOT SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
O EM81-01 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE LF58 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SG EM81-02 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK GROUND GROUND
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FT2 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TRUNK / FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-06 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A DOWNSTREAM EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
SG EM81-07 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK GROUND GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A UPSTREAM EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B DOWNSTREAM EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B UPSTREAM EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-10 TPS SIGNAl (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT KS: KNOCK SENSOR – A BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) KS: KNOCK SENSOR – B BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0V
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-19 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+ TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE – A PI31 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
SS EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5V 5V VVT SOLENOID VALVE: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE – B PI32 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V RELAYS
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
SS EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SS EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0V
I EM82-14 ECT SIGNAL 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE) Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS SIGNAL 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-03 AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE 8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE) BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
SS EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5V 5V EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE LHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND RHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ GROUNDS
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND EM1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-28 MAFS SIGNAL 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
EM2BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+ FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1 AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
ECM AND TCM UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM

VVT HO2S HO2S
COOLING FAN EVAPP SOLENOID VALVES CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS ECTS EOTS MAFS
73 W U A B A B A B IATS A B A B
O
E EM64-2 EM64-1 EM85-05
υ υ
59 WR B+
υ U U λ λ
E
EM81-17
60 WR B+
E LF58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
EM82-13
GW
WU
BW
BG
WU
RW
PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
OG
RG
OY
UY
56 W
O
B+
W
II
BG
BG
EM82-09
YG
UY
WG
WG
WG
WG
UY
UY
RU
PIS10
N*
N*
Y*
W
NR
N
R
Y
81 B+
N*
G
O
LF3-8 PI2 PI1 PI2 PI1
N
Y
B
W
BW
BW
BRAKE SWITCH EM83-20 66 -8 -16 -10 -27 63
E E
O EM80-01 UY
6 WU OG OG OG OG I O EM80-02 O PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI2 -9
II
Y*
FCS35 EMS18
N*
G
W
O
N
B
W
W
N
Y
P
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08 PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
YG
UY
O EM80-04
GW
G W EMS8 Y*
BW
BW
BG
O EM80-05
O
R EMS19 W Y* W W
N
O EM80-06
OY OY OY I O EM80-07 R W W
FC19 FCS56 EM2-13 EM81-22 YG EMS9
I EM80-15
EMS46
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only. O EM81-01 OY
EM81-02 RW
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE 7 GU I O EM81-06 OG
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED II
RG
EM82-12 EM81-07
I EM81-09 B*
U N* EM61
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.1 O I EM81-10
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EM81-03 RG WG 5 3 WG
I EM81-16 78
ENGINE CRANK
GO I I EM81-18 O*
03.1
G B B 2 1 WU
EM82-02 I EM81-19 70
EMS36 E
O D EM81-24 BG
OK TO START 03.1
EM82-15
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE 03.1

Y D EM82-01 OY EM1AR O2S HEATERS
(EM2AR)
EM82-16 I EM82-04 R RELAY
PARK, NEUTRAL G I I EM82-05 G
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 05.1
EM81-12 EM82-07 BG
CAN G C– EM82-10 Y
21.1
EM83-15 EM82-11 N*
CAN G C– I EM82-14 UY
21.1
EM83-16 I EM82-17 O
CAN 21.1
Y C+ G
EM83-24 O EM83-03 RU
CAN 21.1
Y C+ EM83-05 OY OY
EM83-25 BG EMS1
EM83-06
O D EM83-07 P
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 21.1
EM80-17 I EM83-08 Y
W D EM83-09 N BG
EM80-18 EM83-12 BR BG BG
W BG BG PI1-6 PIS1 BG
ECM PROGRAMMING 21.1 D EM83-13
EM80-19 N* EMS2
EM83-14
RG
I
BG
OY
U D EM83-17 O
ECM PROGRAMMING 21.1
EM80-27 I EM83-18 B
I EM83-19 G EM1 -10 -4 -9
GW N* EMS3
RG
BG
OY
B+ I EM83-21
W
EM16 EM80-08 N
I EM83-22
NG 3 5 GW GW B+ EM83-23 N
86 I
EMS20 EM80-09 BW RH1 -8 -10 -9
EM83-26
W
WU 1 2 GR BW
68 O EM83-27
E
EM82-06 I EM83-28 GW
R PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
THROTTLE MOTOR O EM84-07 U
OY
RG
W
BG
OY
POWER RELAY O EM84-15 UY 64
E
BK I
O O O PI2-13 PI2-7 PI2-6
EM80-29 PIS9
BK I O EM85-01 RU EM3-7 RH2-18 BT1-6
BT2 -3 -5 -4
B EM81-21 UY
WU
BG
BG
OY
RU
O*
N*
BK
B*
EM85-02
OY
I O
G
G
R
B EM80-03 WG
RG
BG
OY
I I EM85-08 65 PI2-11
B EM80-21 E
I PI29 PI29 PI29 PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31 -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
I
B EM85-07 FT1 -3 -1 -2
WU
I BK
O
B EM81-08 * NOTE: Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
RG
BG
OY
I
B EM84-01 from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
I
B EM84-16 BT14 -1 -2 FT2 -3 -2 -1
I EMS38
B EM84-22
I
EM85-06
BK
EMS38 EMS37 EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL BRD EM1BS**

BK B B (EM2BS)
AIR ASSIST THROTTLE
EM1BS** EM1AL EM1AR MODULE NOTE: Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires. CLOSE VALVE MOTOR
(EM2BS) (EM2AL) (EM2AR) (CONTINUED Fig. 04.2) PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
CCV*** FTPS*** THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: EM1BR (EM2BR) – vehicles with heated windshield. *** NOTE: CCV, FTPS and associated wiring – ** NOTE: EM1BR (EM2BR) – vehicles with heated windshield.
NAS vehicles only.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I AC1-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0V
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 090 A-TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
I AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0V B+
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0V
AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE) AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SPEED CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH FC63 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
Pin Description Active Inactive SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+ EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-16 SPEED CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+ EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-20 SPEED CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-13 SPEED CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-14 SPEED CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-15 SPEED CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) FUEL PUMP FT3 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
BT64 / EYELET
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – LH LF13 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – RH LF12 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM17 LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM5 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
BT2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 AJ27 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.2
EM17
RG 5 3 NG
EMS26
85
RW 2 1 WU 69
E
RG RG RG AC1-01 I
EM2-6 AC12-13
UY UY AC4-09 O NG OG
EM1-3
U AC12-12
U 73
EM1-13 AC13-9
AC4-07 I LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2 AIR CONDITIONING
UY UY AC3-01 O COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EM2-12 AC12-19
RU U AC4-17 I
RH RADIATOR FAN
EM2-14 AC12-14 W GU WU 61
LF9-9 LF9-8 E
LF40-6 RG RG B
3 5 NW PI1-13 PI36-1
1 BT11-1
#7 20A AIR CONDITIONING B OY NG
74
43 1 2 WR CONTROL MODULE LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 AIR CONDITIONING
II BT11-10 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
BT2
P SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
-6 WU WU
2–30 BAR RG
U U BK LF40-7 LF9-7 10.2 DIMMER
TRUNK FUSE BOX OVERRIDE
WR
FC63
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 270 Ω 510 Ω -10
20 BAR YU
WU WU B
LF2BL FC63
LF40-9 LF57-1 LF9-1
RH1 -7
12 BAR WU WG
-11 Y Y RG 15
9 FC63 FC63 II
II ON / OFF
WR
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 -9 -8

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and LF2AR RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
I EM80-10 WU Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. RELAY MODULE
REFRIGERANT
EM80-11 UY 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
I 680 Ω
O EM80-12 U YU CASSETTE
O EM80-16 YU EM3-4 YR YR DECEL BO
U U U WU WU SW1 SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
I EM80-20 -4
Y EM3-6 AC13-15 AC24-2 AC24-3 AC13-16 FCS71
I EM80-22 SET / ACCEL
EM80-23 UY
I BRAKE CANCEL 680 Ω
O EM80-25 RW SWITCH SC3-4
CASSETTE
EM2 YG YG CANCEL BO
WU -9 SC3-3 SW1 SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
O EM81-04 -3
O EM81-05 W CASSETTE RESUME
I EM81-13 WU WU WU BO BO BO
YR YR EM3-3 YR SW1
EM81-14 FCS48 SC3-12 SW2-6 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
I
EM3-2
BK -6
I EM81-15 YG YG YG
EM3-1 STEERING WHEEL
FC3BL
WR NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –
O EM83-04 refer to Fig. 06.4 for Speed Control Switch details.
PI1-2 PIS11
I EM83-10 YG YG YG
I EM83-11 YG YG YG
PI1-29 YG
O EM84-02 BG YG
O EM84-03 BO YG RW
BW YG PIS5
O EM84-04
BW PIS12 YG
O EM84-05
PI1-53
O EM84-06 BW YG
GW EM26
O EM84-09
GO RW 5 3 NW
O EM84-10 90
O EM84-11 GR
GU B B 2 1 WU
O EM84-12 67
EMS37 E
O EM84-13 BR
O EM84-14 BG EM1AL
GU (EM2AL)
O EM84-17 IGNITION COIL
O EM84-18 GO RELAY
O EM84-19 GW
O EM84-20 GB
O EM84-21 BO
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
EM5
ENGINE CONTROL
NW 3 5 BR BR
MODULE 84
PI2-5 PIS2
W 1 2 B
57
II EMS31
B
FUEL INJECTION
GW
GO
GU
GR
GU
GO
GB
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GW
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
RELAY EM2AR
BW
BW
BW
B
BG
BO
BG
BO
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(EM1AR)
PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1

PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1 PIS13
NW NW W W B
FT1-4 FT3-6 FK1-6 FK5-2 FUEL PI1-55
PUMP
B B B B B
FT1-5 FT3-5 FK1-5 FK5-1 EMS31
B
FUEL TANK EM2AR
BT2AL (EM1AR)
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
shown on Fig. 04.1.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK BEHIND REAR AXLE / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – A BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – B BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 090 / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
I EM80-15 EOT SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
EGR VALVE PI34 / 6-WAY / SUMITOMO 92 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM80-28 MAPS SIGNAL 1.2 V = IDLE; 3.6 V = ENGINE SWITCHED OFF EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE LF58 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FT2 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TRUNK / FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A DOWNSTREAM EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-10 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – A UPSTREAM EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2) HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B DOWNSTREAM EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / BLACK ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR – B UPSTREAM EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II / GREY ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0V IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED KS: KNOCK SENSOR – A BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-19 TPS SIGNAL (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – B BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
MAPS: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR EM10 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM81-23 IATS 2 SIGNAL 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
SS EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5V 5V THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ RELAYS
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
SS EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
SS EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0V HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM82-14 ECT SIGNAL 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM82-17 IATS SIGNAL 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SS EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5V 5V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND FT1 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FUEL TANK / REAR
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND LF3 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE LHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK RHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
GROUNDS
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK Ground Location / Type
SG EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND EM1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM83-28 MAFS SIGNAL 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE EM1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+ EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+ EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-03 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S1’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+ FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O EM85-04 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1 AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.3
UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
HO2S HO2S O2S HEATERS
ECM AND TCM EVAPP CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS EOTS ECTS IATS 2 MAFS RELAY
COOLING FAN
A B A B IATS A B A B 70
78 E
73 W U O
E
υ υ υ
λ λ
EM64-2 EM64-1 EM85-05
υ U U
WU
WG
59 WR B+
E
EM81-17
LF58 -2 -1 PI17 -2 -1 PI38 -1 -2 PI4 -2 -1 PI3 -2 -1 PI35 -2 -3 -1 -5 -4
60 WR B+
GW
WU
BW
WU
BG
E PI16 -1 -2 PI15 -2 -1 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM22 -4 -3 -1 -2 EM24 -4 -3 -1 -2
UY
EM82-13 3 1
O
W
WG
WG
WG
WG
W
UY
UY
RU
BG
BG
BG
56
YG
UY
N*
N*
B+
Y*
W
PIS10
N
R
O
Y
II
EM61
EM82-09
N*
G
O
LF3-8
N
Y
B
W
BW
BW
NR B+ 66 62
83 E E
EM83-20
BRAKE SWITCH 5 2
PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI2 -1 -3 -2 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 PI2 -9 PI1 -5 PI1 -15 W EMS8 Y*
Y*
N*
WU OG OG OG OG W W
W
O
N
B
W
W
N
Y
P
6 PI1 -54 -56 -52 -31 -57
UY
I
B
O
II
GW
FCS35 UY
BW
BW
BG
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-08 O EM80-01 EMS36
O
O W Y*
N
O EM80-02
O EM80-04 G W W WG B
OY OY OY G EMS9 EMS46 EM1AR
I O EM80-05 (EM2AR)
FC19 FCS56 EM2-13 EM81-22 R EMS18
O EM80-06
PARKING BRAKE O EM80-07 R
SWITCH NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only. YG EMS19
I EM80-15
I EM80-28 BW
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE INERTIA 7 GU I
SWITCH IS ACTIVATED II
EM82-12 I EM81-09 B*
I EM81-10 N*
EMS CONTROL RELAY
01.1
U O I EM81-16 RG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM81-03 I EM81-18 O*
ENGINE CRANK GO I I EM81-19 G
03.2
EM82-02 I EM81-23 O
O D EM81-24 BG
OK TO START 03.2
EM82-15
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE Y D EM82-01 OY

03.2
EM82-16 I EM82-04 R
PARK, NEUTRAL G I I EM82-05 G
EM81-12 EM82-07 BG
CAN G C– EM82-10 Y
21.1
EM83-15 EM82-11 N*
CAN G C– I EM82-14 UY
21.1
EM83-16 I EM82-17 O EM1-4
CAN Y C+
21.1
EM83-24
Y OY EMS1 OY
CAN 21.1 C+ EM83-05
EM83-25 EM83-06 BG
SERIAL COMMUNICATION O D EM83-07 P
21.1
EM80-17 I EM83-08 Y
W D EM83-09 N
EM80-18 EM83-12 BR
ECM PROGRAMMING
W D EM83-13 BG BG OY
21.1
EM80-19 N* EMS2 EM1-9 EM1-10
I EM83-14
ECM PROGRAMMING 21.1
U D EM83-17 O
EM80-27 I EM83-18 B
I EM83-19 G
GW B+ I EM83-21 N*
EM16 EM80-08 N
I EM83-22
NG 3 5 GW GW N
RG
BG
OY
86 B+ I EM83-23 PIS1
EMS20 EM80-09 BW BG BG EMS3
EM83-26
WU 1 2 GR BW
W
68 EM83-27 PI1-6
O
E
EM82-06 I EM83-28 GW
RH1 -9 -10 -8
W
EM84-07 U
THROTTLE MOTOR O
G
RG
R
BG
OY
POWER RELAY O EM84-15 UY
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -14 -3 -4 -1
BK O O
OY
I
W
BK EM80-29 RU EM3-7 RH2-18 BT1-6
I O EM85-01 BT2 -4 -5 -3 PI2-7 PI2-6
B EM81-21 UY
I O EM85-02 PIS9
OY
BG
O*
BW
B EM80-03 YU YU S1
B*
RG
BG
BG
OY
OY
65
G
R
O EM85-03
OY
I
BG
N*
G
EM80-21 PI1-8 PI34-4 S2 E
B I O EM85-04 YG YG
PI33 PI33 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
B EM80-31 WG PI1-9 PI34-1 -1 -2 -4 -2 -1 -3 PI6 -4 -3 -2 -1
I I EM85-08
B EM85-07 YR YR S3 FT1 -2 -1 -3
WU
I O EM85-09
O
B EM81-08 YR PI1-10 YR PI34-6 S4
RG
BG
OY
I O EM85-10
B EM84-01 PI1-7 PI34-3
I
B EM84-16 BT14 -1 -2 FT2 -1 -2 -3 EM10 -1 -2 -3
I * NOTE: Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
B EM84-22 from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
I
EM85-06 STEPPER
MOTOR
71 WU
E PI34-2
BK EMS38
B EMS37
B EMS36 ENGINE CONTROL BRD THROTTLE
EM1BS** EM1AL EM1AR MODULE 72 WU MOTOR
(EM2BS) (EM2AL) (EM2AR)
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.4) NOTE: Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires. E PI34-5 PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2
EGR VALVE CCV*** FTPS*** MAPS THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: EM1BR (EM2BR) – vehicles with heated windshield. *** NOTE: CCV, FTPS and associated wiring – NAS vehicles only.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0V
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE) AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
Pin Description Active Inactive SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+ EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-14 INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O EM80-16 SPEED CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
I EM80-20 SPEED CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A IJ3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B IJ7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A IJ4 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B IJ8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 3A IJ5 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-13 SPEED CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND FUEL INJECTOR – 3B IJ9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-14 SPEED CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4A IJ6 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
I EM81-15 SPEED CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+ FUEL INJECTOR – 4B IJ10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
O EM82-03 FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMPS FT3 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
O EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V) BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
BT64 / EYELET
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BL ACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+ IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
O EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+ INTERCOOLER PUMP EM75 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW AIR CLEANER
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – LH LF13 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ RADIATOR FAN – RH LF12 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+ REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM17 LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM5 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY BROWN BT51 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BROWN EM31 / BROWN LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
GROUNDS
BT2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
REFERENCE ONLY. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 AJ27 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.4
BT51 EM17
NW 3 5 OY RG 5 3 NG
71 EMS26
85
WG 1 2 W RW 2 1 WU
39 69
II E
RG RG RG AC1-01 I
EM2-6 AC12-13
UY UY AC4-09 B
O NG OG
EM1-3
U AC12-12
U 73 EM75-2 EM75-1
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY EM1-13 AC13-9
AC4-07 I LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2 AIR CONDITIONING
UY UY AC3-01 O COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EM2-12 AC12-19 INTERCOOLER
RU U AC4-17 I
RH RADIATOR FAN PUMP
3 5 EM2-14 AC12-14
NW GU WU 61
1 BT11-1 E
#7 20A LF40-6 LF9-9 LF9-8 EM31 RG RG
1 2 WR WB 5 3 NW PI1-13 PI36-1
43 79
II BT11-10
A/CCM B OY NG
74
LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 RW 1 2 B AIR CONDITIONING
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4) BT2 BT2 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
P RG EMS31
-6 -15 9 LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
II B
WR
TRUNK FUSE BOX LF57-4 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH

W
2–30 BAR
U U BK WU INTERCOOLER PUMP EM2AR
LF9-7 (EM1AR) RG DIMMER
RH1 RH2
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 LF40-7 RELAY 10.2 OVERRIDE
20 BAR FC63
-11 -15 WU B 270 Ω 510 Ω -10
LF2BL YU
WR
LF40-9 LF57-1 LF9-1

W
12 BAR FC63
I EM80-10 WU Y -7
LF2AR WU WG
UY LF40-11 LF57-3 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and 15
I EM80-11 FC63 FC63 II
U REFRIGERANT Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. RADIATOR FAN CONTROL -9 ON / OFF -8
O EM80-12
RW 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH RELAY MODULE
O EM80-14
O EM80-16 YU
680 Ω
I EM80-20 U EM3-4 CASSETTE
Y YR YR DECEL BO
I EM80-22
UY SC3-4 SW1 SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
I EM80-23 -4
O EM80-25 RW U U WU WU SET / ACCEL
EM3-6 AC13-15 AC24-2 AC24-3 AC13-16 FCS71
EM2 EM2
680 Ω
-9 -15
O EM81-04 WU BRAKE CANCEL CASSETTE
O EM81-05 W SWITCH YG YG CANCEL BO
WU WU SC3-3 SW1 SW2-3 SW3-1 430 Ω SW3-2 SWS1
I EM81-13 -3
YR EM3-3 YR
I EM81-14 CASSETTE RESUME
YG EM3-2 YG BK BO BO BO
I EM81-15
EM3-1 SW1
FCS48 SC3-12 SW2-6 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
-6
O EM82-03 W FC3BL
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control – STEERING WHEEL

O EM83-04 WR refer to Fig. 06.4 for Speed Control Switch details.
PI1-2 PIS11
I EM83-10 YG YG YG
I EM83-11 YG YG YG
PI1-29 YG
BG YG EM26
O EM84-02
BO YG RW RW 5 3 NW
O EM84-03 90
BW YG PIS5 PI1-53
O EM84-04
BW PIS12 YG B B 2 1 WU
O EM84-05 67
EMS37 E
O EM84-06 BW YG
O EM84-09 GW
O EM84-10 GO EM1AL
IGNITION COIL
(EM2AL)
O EM84-11 GR RELAY
O EM84-12 GU
O EM84-13 BR
O EM84-14 BG
O EM84-17 GU
O EM84-18 GO
O EM84-19 GW
O EM84-20 GB
O EM84-21 BO
NW PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
OY
ENGINE CONTROL BR BR
EM5 IJS2
MODULE IJ2-1
NW NW 3 5 BR BR
FT1-4
84 PIS2
OY
BW
BW
BW
PI2-5
BG
BO
BG
BO
BR
FT1-8 W 1 2 B
57
II EMS31 BR BR
IJ1-1 IJS1
B
GW
FUEL INJECTION
GO
GU
GU
GR
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
YG
GO
GB
GW
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
B
RELAY EM2AR
(EM1AR)
BW
BW
BW
BG
BO
BG
BO
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1 PIS13

W W B
IJ3-2 -1 IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1
FT3-2 FK4-2 FK6-2 FUEL PI1-55
BTS50 PUMP 1
B B B B B
FT1-10 FT3-1 FK4-1 FK6-1 EMS31
B W W B
FT3-6 FK1-6 FK5-2 EM2AR
FUEL (EM1AR)
PUMP 2
B B B B
BT2AL FT1-5 FT3-5 FK1-5 FK5-1 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
FUEL TANK FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS

shown on Fig. 04.3.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
I FC88-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
C FC88-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
D – 4 SWITCH FC83 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, REAR
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
I FC88-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 N/A EM46 / 16-WAY KOSTAL / BLACK TRANSMISSION / LEFT HAND SIDE
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH EM47 / 10-WAY METRI-PACK 150 / BLACK TRANSMISSION / RIGHT HAND SIDE
Pin Description Active Inactive
O EM7-1 PRESSURE REGULATOR #2 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE) HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O EM7-2 SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LED GROUND = LED ON B+
O EM7-4 PRESSURE REGULATOR #4 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-5 PRESSURE REGULATOR #1 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE) AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM7-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM7-8 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM7-9 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L4’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-12 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT GROUND = SPORT 9 V = NORMAL
I EM7-13 D – 4 SWITCH GROUND B+ GROUNDS
SG EM7-14 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND Ground Location / Type
SG EM7-15 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM7-16 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM7-21 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 1.31 V
I EM7-22 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 1.15 V @ 90°C EM1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM7-23 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM7-26 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM7-28 ROTARY / D-4 / KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND EM2BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM7-29 PRESSURE REGULATOR #3 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE) FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
O EM7-30 SOLENOID VALVE #1 GROUND B+
O EM7-32 SOLENOID VALVE #3 GROUND B+
O EM7-33 SOLENOID VALVE #2 GROUND B+ FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I EM7-34 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM7-42 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 250 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 500 Hz
I EM7-44 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 223 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 446 Hz
I EM7-45 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT 10 v = SPORT GROUND = NORMAL
O EM7-51 PRESSURE REGULATOR #5 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-52 SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM7-53 PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM7-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM7-55 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –

CAN ‘Listen only’ node for gear selector position indicators.
TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTOR

TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ILLUMINATION MODULE
TURBINE SPEED FLUID TEMPERATURE PRESSURE SOLENOID OUTPUT SPEED

L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
SENSOR SENSOR REGULATORS VALVES SENSOR
B+ WR 25
330 Ω II
P FC88
-1
υ R
330 Ω
– C G CAN
21.1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 FC88
330 Ω -3
N Y
+ C 21.1 CAN
FC88
330 Ω -4
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 D G
– C 21.1 CAN
-6 -5 -13 -14 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 -12 -8 -9 -4 -1 -10 FC88
B S RB Y W N G 330 Ω -8
4 Y
+ C 21.1 CAN
N G BG UY RU OG OY O O O RW YB YU YU B* O* FC88
330 Ω -9
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 3
-E -A -B -C -D -J -K
BK BK
330 Ω
2 FC88 FCS47
-6
BW Y R Y W BK G
NR B+ O EM7-1 OY FC3BR
82 EMS38
EM7-26 O EM7-2 RU
45 WB B+ BK
II
EM7-54 O EM7-4 O
WB OG EM1BS**
46 B+ O EM7-5 (EM2BS)
II
EM7-55 I EM7-6 B G PARK, NEUTRAL
03.1 04.1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN 21.1
G C– I EM7-8 R
EM7-82 I EM7-9 W ** NOTE: EM1BR (EM2BR) – vehicles with heated windshield.
CAN 21.1
Y C+
EM7-83 I EM7-12 RU
CAN G C– I EM7-13 OG OG OG OG BW BW
21.1
EM7-85 EM7-14 N EM1-17 FC83-1 FC83-3
CAN Y C+ EM7-15 W
21.1 D–4
EM7-86 EM7-16 B* SWITCH
TCM PROGRAMMING 21.1

G D
EM7-88
EM7-21 BG
I EM7-22 UY
EM7-23 W
EM7-28 BW BW BW
O EMS25 EM1-18
O EM7-29
O EM7-30 YB
O EM7-32 YU
O EM7-33 YU
I EM7-34 B
I EM7-36 Y
I EM7-37 Y
560 Ω
I EM7-42 G RU RU WR 26
FC35 FC35 II
EM3-11
-7 MODE 560 Ω -8
I EM7-44 O* STATE RG DIMMER OVERRIDE
10.2
RG FC35
I EM7-45 -10
RU RU
O EM3-13 FC35 10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
O EM7-51 -9
O EM7-52 RU
O EM7-53 RW
RG RG BK BK
EM3-14 FC35 FC35 FCS47
-2 -1
EMS43
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE MODE SWITCH FC3BR
B * NOTE: Early production vehicles have wire color codes that are different
from that shown. Use connector pin numbers for wire identification.
EM2AL
(EM1AL)
BRD
NOTE: Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH FC100 / 12-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / GREY LEFT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
KICKDOWN SWITCH AC27 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
AC28 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM72 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM73 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 SC GB1 / 13-WAY KOSTAL 1.5 / BLACK TRANSMISSION
C EM72-L CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
C EM72-H CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM72-12 n2 SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 6V = 900 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 1800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘1’ ENGAGED)
SS EM72-13 SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5V Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O EM72-14 ‘1-2 / 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O EM72-15 ‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM72-16 ‘2-3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+ EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM72-17 TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND = LOCKED B+ = UNLOCKED EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
SG EM72-33 SPEED SENSOR / FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND GB2 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I EM72-34 FLUID TEMP. SENSOR SIGNAL 1.75 V @ 90° C = R, D, 4, 3, 2 5 V = P, N
I EM72-35 n3 SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 6 V = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 170 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KPH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘2’ ENGAGED)
O EM72-36 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 42% PWM @ IDLE) B+ GROUNDS
O EM72-37 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 39% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM72-38 SOLENOID VALVE / PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM73-2 KICKDOWN SWITCH GROUND (= WOT) B+ (< WOT) EM1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM73-3 SPORT MODE SWITCH 0 V = SPORT; 0 V = NORMAL EM2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM73-25 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = R, D, 4, 3 B+ = P, N, 2 FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM73-26 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, D, 4, 2 B+ = P, R, 3 FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM73-27 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, 4, 3, 2 8 V = R, D B+ = P
I EM73-28 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = P, D, 3, 2 B+ = R, N, 4
I EM73-29 IGNITION SUPPLIED VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
I EM73-30 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –

NOTE: Pressure regulators: CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators.
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal MD – modulation pressure
gear ratio speed sensors. SD – shift pressure
GEAR SELECTOR
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH TRANSMISSION ILLUMINATION MODULE
N2 n3
SPEED SPEED
B+ WR 25
SENSOR SENSOR FLUID 330 Ω
O O B+ I O O O O TEMPERATURE SOLENOID PRESSURE P FC88 II
SENSOR VALVES REGULATORS -1
330 Ω
R G
– C 21.1 CAN
FC88
FC100 -4 -11 -3 -2 -7 -6 -8 -1 SWITCH 330 Ω -3
(NOT USED) N Y
OPEN – P, N
υ + C
FC88
21.1 CAN
330 Ω -4
RU G WR B GB GU GU GR A B C TCC MD SD D G
– C 21.1 CAN
1-2,4-5 2-3 3-4 FC88
330 Ω -8
4 Y
+ C 21.1 CAN
RU GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 GB1 FC88
PARK, NEUTRAL 03.2 330 Ω -9
-7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -13 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10 3
PARK, NEUTRAL G BK BK
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 04.3 03.2 330 Ω
EM1-11 B B B B B B B B B B B B 2 FC88 FCS47
-6
27 WR
II
FC3BR
EM2 EM1 EM1 EM3 EM3 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2 GB2
-2 -17 -18 -13 -14 -7 -3 -1 -12 -4 -6 -5 -8 -9 -11 -2 -10
B GB GU GU GR BG G U BW UY RW YB YU YU OG O O
I EM73-2 BW BW BW BK BK BK
WB RU AC27 AC28 AC12-11 FCS48
44 B+ I EM73-3 EM1-16 AC12-15
II
EM73-29
I EM73-25 GB
KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM73-26 GU FC3BL
CAN 21.1
G C– I EM73-27 GU
EM72-L
I EM73-28 GR
CAN 21.1
Y C+ I EM73-30 B
EM72-H EMS43
1000 Ω
RU WR 26
FC35 FC35 II
TCM PROGRAMMING 21.1
G D I EM72-12 G EM3-11
-9 510 Ω -8
EM73-1 EM72-13 BG
EM72-14 YB
O RG DIMMER
YU 10.2 OVERRIDE
O EM72-15 FC35
YU -10
O EM72-16 270 Ω
O EM72-17 OG BK BK
FC35 FCS47
MODE STATE -1
EM72-33 BW
I EM72-34 UY MODE SWITCH FC3BR
I EM72-35 U
O EM72-36 O
O EM72-37 O
O EM72-38 RW
B
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
EM2AL
(EM1AL)

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT IN FORMATION Fig. 05.3
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O FC14-48 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY B+ (GEARSHIFT FREE) GROUND (GEARSHIFT LOCKED)
BRAKE SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O FC14-51 KEY LOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY B+ (KEY CAPTIVE) GROUND (KEY RELEASED)
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK GROUND (R,N,D,4,3,2) B+ (PARK)
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I FC14-104 LIGHTING / MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID FC86 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
Pin Description Active Inactive MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
C FC88-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V GROUNDS
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
Pin Description Active Inactive FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC25-23 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG I
II FCS35
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 EM1-8 EM82-8
BRAKE SWITCH
Y C +
EMS55* EM83-25
* NOTE: EMS54 and EMS55 –
Adaptive Speed Control vehicles only. G C –
EMS54* EM83-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y C +
EM1-6 FC88-4
G C –
EM1-7 FC88-3
Y C +
FC88-9
G C –
FC88-8
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y C +
FC25-11
G C –
FC25-23
– S U U SCP
21.1
FC25-14 FCS11
+ S Y Y 21.1 SCP
FC25-13 FCS12
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
N
13 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW B+ (SOLENOIDS)
17
FC14-104
– S U
FC14-84
5 WU I + S Y
II
FC14-15 FC14-85
16 WR I O OG OG B B
I
FC14-32 FC14-48 FC86-1 FC86-2 FCS46
GEARSHIFT GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK FC2BR

INTERLOCK (FC4BR)
CONTROL SOLENOID
O RW RW B B B
FC14-51 SC1-1 SC5-1 SC5-2 SC1-2 FCS49
BK BK BK YB YB I
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
NOT-IN-PARK FC4BR
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (FC2BR)
MICROSWITCH
LOGIC
FC3BR COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
O LF37-1 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE B+ B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I LF37-2 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT LEFT
I LF37-3 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE
SG LF37-4 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 2.5 V @ REST
C LF37-5 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SG LF37-6 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 2.5 V @ REST
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
I LF37-7 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK WHEEL HUB
I LF37-8 GROUND GROUND GROUND
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR RL1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK WHEEL HUB
I LF37-9 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK WHEEL HUB
LF37-10 NOT USED
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK WHEEL HUB
LF37-11 NOT USED
I LF37-13 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH GROUND B+
I LF37-14 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O LF37-16 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED GROUND B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I LF37-17 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF37-18 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 2.5 V @ REST
LF37-19 NOT USED
BT72 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / LEFT HAND SIDE
I LF37-20 IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BT73 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I LF37-21 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF37-22 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 2.5 V @ REST
I LF37-24 GROUND GROUND GROUND
LF41 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LF42 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. RH1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF3AS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
NR B+ O UY UY
76
LF37-9 LF37-1 LF40-1 EM37-2 EM37-1
54 WU B+
II
LF37-20 I U U
NW B+ LF37-13 LF40-2
75
LF37-25 I Y Y
LF37-3 LF42-2 FR1-2 RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
CAN Y C + SENSOR
21.1 G G
LF37-5 FR1-1
LF37-4 LF42-1
CAN G C –
21.1
LF37-15
NOT USED C +
LF37-11
C – Y Y Y Y Y
NOT USED
LF37-10 LF37-6 LF60-5 RH1-16 BT2-11 BT73-1 RR1-1 RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
I O O O O O SENSOR
O RR1-2
NOT USED LF37-7 LF60-4 RH1-15 BT2-10 BT73-2
LF1-13 LF37-19
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG I I W W
II FCS35 FL1-2 LH FRONT
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 LF60-1 LF37-2 LF37-17 LF41-2
WHEEL SPEED
BRAKE SWITCH R R SENSOR
LF37-18 LF41-1 FL1-1
I W W W W W
NR RW RW LF37-21 LF60-2 RH1-17 BT2-12 BT72-2 RL1-2 LH REAR
14 O
WHEEL SPEED
FC55-9 FC55-11 LF60-6 LF37-16 SENSOR
STABILITY / TRACTION U U U U U
STATE RL1-1
LF37-22 LF60-3 RH1-18 BT2-13 BT72-1
I B
B B R R I LF37-8
FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-12 LF60-7 LF37-14 I B
LF37-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ABS / TRACTION CONTROL LF3AS
CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
O FC16-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC16-4 VEHICLE SPEED B+ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 40 Hz
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FC16 / 9-WAY RISTS RELAY / BLACK AND RED FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX
O FC16-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD LL2 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE
I FC16-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD EM18 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / NATURAL STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE
I FC16-8 GROUND 0V 0V
LL1 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO STARTER MOTOR
GROUNDS

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 06.2
14 WU B+ O R R R
II
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 LL1-1 LL2-1
VEHICLE SPEED U I O Y Y Y
FC16-4 FC16-5 EM2-1 LL1-2 LL2-2

I B B CONVERTER
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CONTROL MODULE
LHD
14 WU B+ O R R
II
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 EM18-1
VEHICLE SPEED U I O Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
FC16-4 FC16-5 EM2-1 EM18-2

I B B CONVERTER
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CONTROL MODULE
RHD

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
O BT69-1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPING MIL GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O BT69-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT LATERAL EM59 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ECM
D BT69-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT52 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK
I BT69-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL FC7 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT
O BT69-13 LH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
O BT69-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O BT69-15 RH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I BT69-18 GROUND GROUND GROUND DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT LF43 / 2-WAY DELPHI/REINSHAGEN / BLACK TOP OF LEFT HAND FRONT DAMPER
I BT69-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR DL2 / 2-WAY DELPHI/REINSHAGEN / BLACK TOP OF LEFT HAND REAR DAMPER
I BT69-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT LF44 / 2-WAY DELPHI/REINSHAGEN / BLACK TOP OF RIGHT HAND FRONT DAMPER
I BT69-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR DR2 / 2-WAY DELPHI/REINSHAGEN / BLACK TOP OF RIGHT HAND REAR DAMPER
I BT69-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O BT69-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5V 5V
I BT69-26 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I BT69-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D BT69-28 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
O BT69-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O BT69-31 LH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
BT3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O BT69-32 LH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+
BT72 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK
O BT69-33 RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
O BT69-34 RH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+ BT73 4-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK
RL3 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / LEFT HAND SIDE
RR3 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
BT2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 06.3
NW B+ O O O O O
56
BT69-27 BT69-30 BT3-16 RH12-13 LF1-19 LF43-A LH FRONT
WR OY OY OY OY DAMPER SOLENOID
41 B+ O
II
BT69-11 BT69-31 BT3-15 RH12-14 LF1-18 LF43-B

O D
BT69-10
W D O OG OG OG OG
BT69-28 BT69-14 BT3-18 RH12-11 LF60-19 LF44-A RH FRONT
O GU GU GU OY DAMPER SOLENOID
BT69-33 BT3-17 RH12-12 LF60-20 LF44-B
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING YR YR YR O

RH12-2 BT3-10 BT69-1 O R R R
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED OG OG OG I BT69-13 BT72-3 RL3-1 DL2-A LH REAR
RH12-1 BT3-9 BT69-24 O O O DAMPER SOLENOID
O
BT69-32 BT72-4 RL3-2 DL2-B
O OG U O
BT69-15 BT73-3 RR3-1 DR2-A RH REAR
OY U O DAMPER SOLENOID
O
BT69-34 BT73-4 RR3-2 DR2-B
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG OG OG I
II FCS35 BTS5
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 RH1-19 BT1-9 BT69-26
BRAKE SWITCH
I BG BG BG BG LATERAL
BT3-11
ACCELERATION
BT69-20 RH12-6 EM3-12 EM59-1
OY OY GROUND
LATERAL
EM3-10 EM59-2 ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)
U U B+
EM3-9 EM59-3
I U U U VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-21 BT3-14 RH12-7 FC7-1
O OY OY OY OY OY GROUND FRONT VERTICAL

BT69-3 BTS28 BT3-13 RH12-8 FCS84 FC7-2 ACCELEROMETER
O U U U U U B+
BT69-25 BTS27 BT3-12 RH12-9 FCS83 FC7-3
I R R VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-22 BT52-1
OY GROUND REAR VERTICAL
B BT52-2 ACCELEROMETER
I
BT69-18 U B+
BT52-3
BT2BL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE
O AL4-01 AIR CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE PWM (-VE) Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
SS AL4-02 RELEASE SWITCH REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE AL4 / 16-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SS AL4-04 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V
EM87 / 10-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
SG AL4-05 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL BRAKE BOOSTER AL1 / 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
SG AL4-07 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 / 12-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
SS AL4-08 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL MASTER SWITCH FC63 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
O AL4-09 AIR CONTROL VALVE SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY 5V 5V
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 AL2 / 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
I AL4-10 RELEASE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN GROUND 5V
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 AL3 / 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
I AL4-11 RELEASE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED 5V GROUND
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I AL4-13 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 2 FEEDBACK 0–5V
I AL4-16 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 FEEDBACK 0–5V
I EM87-02 IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY B+ B+
C EM87-03 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I EM87-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
C EM87-07 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I EM87-10 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

I LF61-02 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I LF61-07 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
C LF61-04 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz LF40 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK LHD: ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
GROUNDS
Pin Description Active Inactive EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O EM80-16 SPEED CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+ EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM80-20 SPEED CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+ FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM81-13 SPEED CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND LF1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
I EM81-14 SPEED CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+
I EM81-15 SPEED CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.


REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Adaptive Speed Control Adaptive Speed Control Fig. 06.4
CAN G Y
21.1 21.1 CAN
CAN Y G
21.1 21.1 CAN
NW B+ + C Y Y (SC) Y (SC) Y C + + C Y Y C + B+ NR
77 EMS55
87
LF61-1 LF61-10 LF40-3 EMS53 EM83-24 EM83-25 EM87-3 EM87-6
52 WR B+ – C G G (SC) G (SC) G C – – C G G C – B+ WR 53
II EMS52 EMS54 II
LF61-7 LF61-4 LF40-4 EM83-15 EM83-16 EM87-7 EM87-2
(N/A)
(N/A)
(N/A)
(N/A)
CAN Y C +
21.1
LF61-11
CAN G C – Y C + + C Y I B
21.1
LF61-5 I B EM7-83 EM7-86 AL4-16 AL2-3
LF61-2 G C – – C G B
LF1BS EM7-82 EM7-85 AL4-8 AL2-2
B
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL AL4-7 AL2-1
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
BRAKE BOOSTER
PRESSURE SENSOR 1
I B
DIMMER RG AL4-13 AL3-3
OVERRIDE 10.2
FC63 B
-10
510 Ω 270 Ω
YU YU O AL4-4 AL3-2
FC63 EM3-4 EM80-16 B
-7
15 WG WU WU WU U U U I AL4-5 AL3-1
II FC63 FC63 FCS71 AC24-3 AC24-2
ON / OFF AC13-16 AC13-15 EM3-6 EM80-20
-8 -9 BRAKE BOOSTER
BRAKE CANCEL PRESSURE SENSOR 2
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
MASTER SWITCH
WU WU I
EM3-3 EM81-13
O B
AL4-9 AL1-4
PWM O B
DRIVE
680 Ω AL4-1 AL1-3 AIR CONTROL
VALVE SOLENOID
HEADWAY –
CASSETTE I B
430 Ω
BO YR YR YR YR I AL4-11 AL1-2
SW3-4 SET / ACCEL SW3-3 SW2-4 SW1 SC3-4 EM3-2 EM81-14 B
-4 I
AL4-10 AL1-1 RELEASE
SWITCH
SET / DECEL
B
680 Ω AL4-2 AL1-5
RESUME ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL

CASSETTE BRAKE BOOSTER
430 Ω
BO YG YG YG YG I
SWS1 SW3-2 HEADWAY + SW3-1 SW2-3 SW1 SC3-3 EM3-1 EM81-15
-3
CASSETTE I B
CANCEL
BO BO BO BK EM87-10
SW2-6 SW1 SC3-12 FCS48 EM2BR
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES -6 (EM1BR)
STEERING WHEEL FC3BL ENGINE CONTROL ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL

MODULE BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE

shown on Figs. 04.1, 04.3.
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 04.1 and 04.3 for the
Throttle Control portion of Engine Management.
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O AC1-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O AC1-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V
O AC1-8 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0V
O AC1-9 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0V AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
O AC1-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR INTAKE – LH BLOWER AC5 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC1-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AIR INTAKE – RH BLOWER AC6 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC1-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND HORN
O AC1-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
O AC1-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC7 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK A/C UNIT / LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC1-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+ 0V
SOLAR SENSOR FC52 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SIDE FASCIA / ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT
I AC2-1 SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK 0.75 V – 4.75 V; INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD
VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK A/C UNIT / TOP
I AC2-2 CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I AC2-3 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I AC2-5 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED RELAYS
I AC2-6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 2.5 V @ 90˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
I AC2-10 DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I AC2-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY BLACK FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
I AC2-13 FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
O AC3-2 CLOCK B+ (1.45 Hz)
D AC3-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I AC3-5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.18 V @ 25˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
I AC3-6 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.25 V @ 20˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
D AC3-7 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL AC12 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O AC3-8 START B+ (MOMENTARY) 0V AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC3-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC3-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0˚ C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC4-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V LF60 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I AC4-2 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V
I AC4-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND 0V B+
O AC4-4 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V GROUNDS
I AC4-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I AC4-6 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SS AC4-8 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V 5V FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
D AC4-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT FC3CS EYELET (SINGLE) / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC4-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I AC4-13 GROUND 0V 0V
O AC4-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY 0V 0V
O AC4-15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ 0V FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O AC4-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ 0V
SG AC4-19 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND 0V 0V
I AC4-20 GROUND 0V 0V
D AC4-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
AMBIENT
ASPIRATOR TEMPERATURE
ASSEMBLY SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY SOLAR SENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
VENT DEFROST COOL AIR BYPASS FOOT WELL
IN-CAR SERVO SERVO EVAPORATOR HEATER MATRIX SERVO SERVO
TEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE FRESH / RECIRCULATION FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SENSOR MOTOR SENSOR SENSOR SERVO SERVO
υ
υ υ υ
BW OY
LF29 LF29
-2 -1
BW U GW B BW OY BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
FC12 FC12 FC12 FC12 LF60 LF60 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC52 FC52 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6
-1 -2 -3 -4 -11 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -1 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is

interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not BW U GW BW OY BW RG UY YR O RW RU U U OG WU U BW YB UY GU UY OY O U U BW YG RW Y U BW Y R NR
drive high power consuming components.
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to AC15 AC12 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15
-9 -18 -5 -12 -14 -13 -15 -17 -16 -4
provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.
U GW OY RG UY YR O RW RU OG
U U
FCS33 AC15-10 ACS4
FCS34
BW BW
WU WU RW ACS21
11 B+ O AC1-06 AC15-11
II
AC4-01 O AC1-07 UY
17 WR WR I O AC1-08 RW
I
AC4-03 O AC1-09 R
NW NW B+ O AC1-12 OY
38
AC4-05 O AC1-13 UY
O AC1-19 RU
FC24 4 YR
O AC1-20
NW 3 5 GW GW Y
39 B+ O AC1-21
AC13-12 AC4-02 O AC1-22 NR
B B 2 1 GW GW O
O O AC1-25
FCS49 AC15-8 AC4-15 O AC1-26 GU
FC4BR OG
(FC2BR) AIR CONDITIONING I AC2-1
ISOLATE RELAY I AC2-2 RG
I AC2-3 Y
I AC2-5 YB
I AC2-10 O
I AC2-11 YG
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE YG YG I I AC2-13 UY
AC12-10 AC2-06
ENGINE SPEED RW RW I O AC3-02 Y YB
AC12-8 AC4-06 D AC3-03 YG AC12-1
VEHICLE SPEED OY OY I I AC3-05 OY YG
AC12-9 AC4-16 I AC3-06 U AC12-4
D AC3-07 Y Y
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
W D O AC3-08 YR AC12-3
21.1
AC4-10 I AC3-11 U YR
O D I AC3-12 WU AC12-2
AC4-21
O AC4-04 WU WU
AC4-08 U AC12-6
O AC4-12 WR WR R 10.2
B AC12-5 DIMMER
I AC4-13 CONTROLLED
O AC4-14 B B RG LIGHTING
10.2
O AC4-18 GW AC12-7
AC4-19 BW
AC4-20 BK
I B
FCS46 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43
-7 -5 -6 -2 -3 -4 -1 -8 -9
AIR CONDITIONING B
CONTROL MODULE
B WR WU YR Y YG Y R RG
FC2BR
FC3CS (FC4BR)
I I I I D D I I I
B+ B+
CLOCK
DATA
ILLUMINATION
START
DIMMER
DATA
LOCATE
OVERRIDE
CONTROL PANEL

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O AC1-2 HEATER VALVE ACTIVE B+ 0V
O AC1-3 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVE 0V B+
O AC1-4 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE 0V B+
O AC1-5 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE 0V B+ AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE B+ 0V AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
O AC1-17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE 0V B+ BLOWER MOTOR – LH AC5 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / LEFT HAND SIDE
O AC1-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE 0V B+ BLOWER MOTOR – RH AC6 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID / GREEN A/C UNIT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I AC2-7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
O AC2-8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I AC2-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O AC2-16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
O AC3-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0V EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
LF70 / EYELET
Pin Description Active Inactive BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLACK
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI) BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
BT64 / EYELET
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
HEATED BACKLIGHT RH17 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK BACKLIGHT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
RH18 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK
HEATER PUMP EM41 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
HEATER VALVE EM43 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
MIRROR – PASSENGER DP8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
RADIATOR FAN – LH LF13 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
RADIATOR FAN – RH LF12 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF RADIATOR
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH EM49 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH EM48 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH BLACK AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH BLACK AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLACK FC28 / BLACK LH FASCIA RELAYS
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) BROWN BUS TRUNK RELAYS
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH BROWN EM44 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH BROWN EM45 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
GROUNDS
EM1BL EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF2AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
RH2S EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER
I Input SG Sensor Ground S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2
EM45
NR 3 5 GO B
89
EM48-1 EM48-2
UY 2 1 WR 16
II
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NG OG OG EM1BL
73 (EM1BS)
LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
W GU WU 61 NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning RELAY
RH RADIATOR FAN LF9-9 LF9-8 E Compressor circuits are duplicated here for
LF40-6
clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.2 and Fig. 04.4.
EM44
B OY OY NG NG 3 5 GW B
74 88
LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 EM49-1 EM49-2
WU WU EM17 UY 2 1 WR
LH RADIATOR FAN 24
LF9-7 5 3 EMS24 II
LF2AL LF40-7 RG NG 85 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
EM2BS
2 1 (EM2BL)
B RW WU 70 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LF9-1 E UY
RELAY
FC28
LF2AR AIR CONDITIONING
WU NW 3 5 RG RG RG RG NR B B B B
I EM80-10 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM2-4 9
AC13-4 ACS1 DD1-5 DD8-9 DD8-11 DDS1 DD1-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
UY RELAY MODULE GR 2 1 WU
I EM80-11 10 FC4AL
II DRIVER MIRROR (FC2AL)
AC15-19
O EM80-12 U RG RG B
EMS26 PI1-13 PI36-1 RG RG NR B B B B
UY DOOR MIRROR HEATER
Y DPS1
I EM80-22 RELAY DP1-5 DP8-9 DP8-11 DP1-1
AIR CONDITIONING FC2AL
COMPRESSOR PASSENGER MIRROR (FC4AL))
I EM80-23 UY CLUTCH
RW BT13-10
O EM80-25 AC13-8
3 5 UY UY B
1
WU P #17 25A BT13-3 BT58-3 RH17 RH18
O EM81-04
1 2 GU
2–30 BAR 43
II BT10-8
O EM81-05 W U U BK HEATED BACKLIGHT
LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2 RH2S
20 BAR HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
WU WU LF2BL
LF40-9 LF57-1
ENGINE CONTROL 12 BAR TRUNK FUSE BOX
MODULE Y Y RG 9
II
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 GU GU
AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1
REFRIGERANT
I AC1-01 RG RG RG 4-WAY PRESSURE
O AC1-02 U AC12-13 EM2-6 SWITCH RHD 21
UY AC20
O AC1-03
UY NG 3 5 OY UW
O AC1-04 LHD 45
O AC1-05 GR AC6-5
GR UY 2 1 WU
O AC1-16 13
II
O AC1-17 RW
O AC1-18 GU
RU RH BLOWER MOTOR 1
EM2 EM1 EM1 AC12-14 EM2-14 RELAY
-12 -13 -3 OG U
AC12-16
AC6-13 4
UY U UY AC12-17
B B
RW 2
AC12 AC13 AC12 AC6-8
-19 -9 -12
U
I AC2-7 OG
O AC2-8 GO GO G
U AC6-10 3
I AC2-15
O AC2-16 GU FC2AL
RH BLOWER MOTOR
O AC3-1 UY
EM2-5 LF60-18
RHD 45
U AC20
I AC4-7
UY U NW 8 10 O UR
O AC4-9 LHD 21
I AC4-17 U AC5-5
U B B B P Y Y Y 5 3 GR 7 6 WU
5 12
EMS31 LF7-2 II
EM43-2 EM43-1 EM41-2 EM41-1 LF3-1 #15 10A
RW 2 1
58
LF5-5 II
AIR CONDITIONING HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP LH BLOWER MOTOR 1
CONTROL MODULE HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) RELAY
U U
AC5-13 4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
B FUSE BOX B B
AC5-8 2
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

GU G
EM2AR AC5-10 3
(EM1AR)
FC4AL
LH BLOWER MOTOR

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC25-02 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLANT RESERVOIR
I FC25-03 ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING GROUND B+
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FT3 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO DL090 / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
I FC25-06 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
I FC25-07 TRIP CYCLE GROUND (MOMENTARY)
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC79 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK FASCIA
I FC25-08 ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 / 1-WAY ECONOSEAL ECJ2 / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I FC25-09 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC25-16 GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O FC25-17 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
I FC25-18 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC25-19 ‘000’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
O FC25-25 GROUND REFERENCE GROUND GROUND
O FC26-1 BATTERY CHARGE WARNING <3V B+
O FC26-2 OIL PRESSURE WARNING < 3 V = < 3 PSI B+
O FC26-3 ENGINE SPEED 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUNDS
O FC26-4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 6 V = 90˚ C
O FC26-5 VEHICLE SPEED – A/CCM 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+ Ground Location / Type
O FC26-6 VEHICLE SPEED – PAS 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+ EM1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
O FC26-7 VEHICLE SPEED – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+ EM2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
O FC26-8 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINT) FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
O FC26-9 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINT)
O FC26-10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)
O FC26-11 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
O FC26-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC26-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK B+ = EMPTY 0 V = FULL
O FC26-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O FC26-15 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)
I FC26-16 AIR BAG MIL GROUND (ON) B+
O FC26-17 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
O FC26-18 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC26-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING > 3 V = > 3 PSI B+
O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I FC26-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND B+
I FC26-22 CHARGE WARNING B+ GROUND
I FC26-23 LOW COOLANT WARNING GROUND B+
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

I FC79-8 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC79-9 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC79-10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC79-11 CHARGE WARNING <3V B+
I FC79-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINT)
I FC79-13 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINT)
I FC79-14 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC79-15 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC79-18 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING GROUND (< 3 PSI) B+
I FC79-19 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)
I FC79-20 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Instrument Packs Instrument Packs Fig. 08.1
B+ RG B+
R B+ FC25-2 FC79-17
27 ILLUMINATION
FC25-15
ILLUMINATION O RW SUPPLY
18 WG B+ FC25-17 FC79-8
II
FC25-1
BATTERY VOLTAGE O R I BATTERY CHARGE

WARNING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
10.2
RU I ILLUMINATION FC26-1 FC79-11
LIGHTING SUPPLY
FC25-6 OIL PRESSURE O RW I OIL PRESSURE
WARNING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING 10.2
RG I DIMMER FC26-2 FC79-18
OVERRIDE
FC26-21
BATTERY VOLTAGE O RG I BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
FC26-8 FC79-13
BATTERY VOLTAGE O Y I BATTERY VOLTAGE

GAUGE
SCP 21.1
Y S + FC26-9 FC79-12
FC25-13
BATTERY VOLTAGE O G I BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
SCP 21.1
U S – FC26-11 FC79-15
FC25-14 O RU I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
FC26-12 FC79-14
CAN 21.1
Y C + O O I OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
FC25-11 FC26-10 FC79-20
CAN 21.1
G C – O UY I OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
FC25-23 FC26-15 FC79-19
CAN 21.1
Y C + OIL PRESSURE O OY I OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
FC25-10 FC26-17 FC79-9
CAN 21.1
G C – OIL PRESSURE O OG I OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
FC25-24 FC26-18 FC79-10
RADIO / CASSETTE
17.3 16.2 16.1
OY O VEHICLE SPEED
HEAD UNIT
FC26-20 BK BK I
RW FCS48 FC79-16
A/CCM 07.1 O ENGINE SPEED
FC26-3
A/CCM YG O ENGINE COOLANT FC3BL

07.1 TEMPERATURE
FC26-4
A/CCM OY O VEHICLE SPEED

07.1
FC26-5
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
POWER ASSISTED STEERING U O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE 06.2
FC26-6 NOTE: Minor Instrument Pack and wiring are deleted
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) on Navigation vehicles.
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
06.3
OG O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE
FC26-7
TRIP SELECT I UY
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
06.3
YR I ADAPTIVE DAMPING FC25-8 FC27-7 A/B
CONTROL MODULE WARNING (TRIP SELECT)
FC25-3
GENERATOR Y I CHARGE WARNING RESET I O

03.2 03.1
FC26-22 FC25-19 FC27-9 000
(RESET)
RESTRAINTS Y I AIRBAG WARNING
BR
CONTROL MODULE 18.1
FC26-16 FC25-25 FC27-2
MESSAGE I Y
FC25-18 FC27-8
CLEAR
IMPERIAL;
METRIC; I R
1 ΚΩ
R RW RW RW RW U.S.A. FC25-9 FC27-1
O MI / KM
FK1-3 FT3-3 FT1-6 BT2-18 RH1-14 FC26-14
900Ω E F 80Ω
B BW BW BW BW I FUEL LEVEL GAUGE TRIP COMPUTER

FK1-4 FT3-4 FT1-7 BT2-17 RH1-13 FC26-13 SWITCH PACK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL TANK
TRIP CYCLE I YB YB BK BK BK BK
P FC25-7 SC2-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

OY G G I OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF) FC3BL
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE PI40-1 PI1-48 EM2-8 FC26-19
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
I BK BK
FC25-4 FCS48
BK BK OG OG I LOW COOLANT I B B
WARNING
EMS38 EM55-1 EM55-2 EM1-19 FC26-23 FC25-16 FCS49
EM1BS** COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH FC4BR

(EM2BS) (FC2BR) FC3BL
** NOTE: EM1BR (EM2BR) – vehicles with heated windshield.

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-8 AIRBAG WARNING GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+
O FC14-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC14-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
N B+
13
FC14-80
NW B+ I BW RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:
17 18.1 AUDIBLE WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC14-104 FC14-8
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
16 WR I
I
FC14-32
AUDIBLE O GR GR
WARNING 1
FC14-82 SC1-10 SC7-1
SCP SOURCES: AUDIBLE O GB GB
WARNING 2
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 FC14-83 SC1-11 SC7-2
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 SCP U S –
21.1
• MEMORY – Fig. 11.1, Fig. 11.2, Fig. 12.1 FC14-84 SPEAKER
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 SCP Y S +
21.1
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 FC14-85
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
• NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 AUDIBLE
WARNING
• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1, Fig. 12.2 CONTROL
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• AIRBAG WARNING
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
LOGIC
• SIDE LAMPS ON
POWER
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
BODY PROCESSOR • SECURITY ARM / DISARM
MODULE • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• DRIVER SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC14-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP BULB SUPPLY B+ GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O FC14-2 LH FRONT DI BULB SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC14-3 RH FRONT DI BULB SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I FC14-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+
FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
FRONT LAMP UNIT – LH LF31 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK LEFT HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
O FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / STATUS LED GROUND (LIGHTS ON / LED ON) B+
O FC14-27 LH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ GROUND FRONT LAMP UNIT – RH LF21 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
O FC14-28 RH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ GROUND FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND LF70 / EYELET
I FC14-42 DIPPED BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+ LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
O FC14-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
O FC14-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
O FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER SUPPLY (NAS ONLY) B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND SIDE DI REPEATER – LH (ROW) LF4 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
I FC14-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ SIDE DI REPEATER – RH (ROW) EL5 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
I FC14-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+ FRONT SIDE MARKER – LH (NAS ONLY) LF11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
O FC14-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (LIGHTS ON) B+ FRONT SIDE MARKER – RH (NAS ONLY) LF10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
O FC14-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND RELAYS
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I FC14-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+ DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
O FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR B+ (PULSED) GROUND FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
Pin Description Active Inactive HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
EL6 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUNDS
LF1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Exterior Lighting: Front Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1
U
#21 10A LF5-4
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps. 3 5 OY

5
U #19 10A LF7-10
SCP 21.1
1 2 U
5
Y LF5-7
SCP 21.1
UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
N #8 10A LF6-8
13 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80 3 5 U
5
U NG #6 10A LF6-4
– S 48 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC25-14 FCS11 FC14-79 1 2 RG
5
Y RW LF6-9
+ S 1 I
FC25-13 FCS12 FC14-41 O
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
WU LF8-3
LIGHTING
5 I
II 3 5
INDICATORS FC14-15
5
N
#17 15A LF8-10
U 1 2 OG
S – 58
II LF5-8 O B
FC14-84
MAJOR Y S + LF32-1 LF32-2

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
INSTRUMENT PACK FC14-85
LH FRONT FOG LAMP
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NR OG O OG OG U
14
FC55-9 FC55-18 FC14-20 FCS37 LF1-7 LF31-3
FRONT FOG STATE
OG MAIN
O
FC14-68 LF1-5 UY B
FC55-20
REAR FOG STATE O U LF31-2 LF31-4
RU RU FC14-45 LF1-6 DIP
I
FRONT FOG FC55-17 FC14-38 O R R
FC14-53 LF1-10 LF31-1
SIDE LAMP
FC55-19
REAR FOG
O GW GW B
Y Y FC14-2 LF1-2 LF31-5 LF31-6
I
DI
HAZARD FC55-1 FC14-59
B B N N LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

O
FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-3 FC14-96
HAZARD STATE
R O G G B
FC4BR
(FC2BR) FC55-4 FC14-54 LF1-9 LF11-1 LF11-2
LIGHTING
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CONTROL LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
DIMMER MODULE: R GO B
HAZARD SWITCH 10.2 O GO
LOCATE ILLUMINATION FC14-27 LF1-3 LF4-1 LF4-2
LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
U U U I
HEADLAMP SC2-2 FC14-30
FLASH N B
O O O I LF22-1 LF22-2
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC14-14
MAIN BEAM RH FRONT FOG LAMP
L YG YG YG I
SC2-7 FC14-88 OY
R WG WG WG I LF21-3
MAIN
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC14-61
INDICATOR
U B
LFS9
LF21-2 LF21-4
B
DIP UY UY UY DIP
I LF2BR
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU SC2-4 FC14-42 O BG N
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT 11.3
SC2-1 FC14-1 LF1-11 LF21-1
SIDE SIDE LAMP
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW I O W W B
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 FC14-3 LF1-1 LF21-5 LF21-6
DI
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
O RW RW B
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC14-28 LF1-8 LF10-1 LF10-2 LFS8
B
DIMMER MODULE: RW LF1AL
SIDE LAMPS ON 10.2 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
LOGIC
POWER
O GR GR GR B B
FC14-81 EM2-16 EL6-1 EL5-1 EL5-2 EL6-2 EMS31
NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. B
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) EM2AR
BODY PROCESSOR (EM1AR)
MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-12 REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I FC14-42 DIPPED BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC14-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
O FC14-50 LH REAR DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
I FC14-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+ BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
O FC14-76 RH REAR DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND BT64 / EYELET
I FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (CONV.) BL8 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / UNDERSIDE OF LID
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (COUPE) RH8 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz LAMP CONTROL MODULE BT18 / 26-WAY AMP MQS / YELLOW TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
I FC14-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+ MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
O FC14-95 TAIL LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (LIGHTS ON) B+ FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
I FC14-104 LIGHTING / MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BL4 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BL5 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
Pin Description Active Inactive BT42 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
S FC25-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz REAR SIDE MARKER – LH (NAS ONLY) BT27 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
S FC25-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz REAR SIDE MARKER – RH (NAS ONLY) BT26 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
C FC25-23 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT31 / 7-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT30 / 7-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

Pin Description Active Inactive RELAYS
O BT40-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I BT40-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
REAR FOG RELAY (#1) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
O BT40-7 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
I BT40-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND
O BT41-12 SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT41-13 SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O BT42-1 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT42-2 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BB1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O BT42-3 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BL1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O BT42-4 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT42-5 NUMBER PLATE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT42-6 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT42-7 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT42-8 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT42-9 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT42-10 NUMBER PLATE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. Ground Location / Type
BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT3S EYELET (SINGLE) / TRUNK, LEFT REAR
FC1BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
RH1S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 09.2
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only. U

NOT USED (COUPE)
BT11-5 BB1-3
6 WU B GB OG OG OG OG OG OG U U
II FCS35 BTS5 (COUPE)
AC24-4 AC24-1 AC13-3 RH1-19 BT1-9 BT11-9 BT1-17
3 5 U U U U B B B
BRAKE SWITCH 1
#8 5A BT11-8 (CONV.) BB1-3 BL1-3 BL8-1 (CONV.) BL8-2 (CONV.) (CONV.) BLS1
FCS11 1 2 RH8-2 (COUPE) RH8-1 (COUPE)
SCP U U U U O BL1-1
21.1 1 (COUPE)
RH2-11 BT1-10 #6 5A BT11-4
Y FCS12 Y Y Y R B
SCP 21.1 STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) B
RH2-12 BT1-11 #19 5A BT12-10
3 5 RHS2 BB1-1
RW
1 B
#21 5A BT10-4
B
1 2 RU
1 RH1S
BT10-7 BTS23
U S –
FC14-84 UY B
TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)
Y Y BT11-7
+ S S + HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP BT3S
Y FC25-13 FC14-85 3 5 O
CAN 21.1 C + 1
FC25-11 U #15 10A BT12-2
– S
G FC25-14 1 2 OG
CAN 21.1 C – 43
II BT10-5 RW B
FC25-23
N B+ (LOGIC) BT27-1 BT27-2
13 REAR FOG RELAY (#1)
FC14-80
REVERSE
GEAR NW LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
17 B+ (LIGHTING) TRUNK FUSE BOX
FC14-104
LIGHTING
INDICATORS NG B+ (LIGHTING)
O
48
FC14-79 BTS3 BT31-7
RW FOG
1 I Y
MAJOR FC14-41 S – O OG
BT31-4
INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates
BT40-16 BT40-7
REVERSE
general bulb failure output. S + I RW
BT40-8 BT41-13 BTS7 RU B
5 WU I I RW BT31-1 BT31-6
II
FC14-15 NR B+ BT42-9
51 TAIL
BT40-6 I R U
BT42-10 BTS8
NR BT31-2
14 I R STOP
FC55-9 FC55-18
FRONT FOG STATE BT42-8 GW
U O I O BT31-3
DI
FC55-20 FC14-44 BT42-6
REAR FOG STATE
LIGHTING I UY
CONTROL BT42-7 LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
FC55-17
FRONT FOG RU
O
B B W I BT42-4 RU B B
FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-19 FC14-12 U BL4-1 BL4-2 BLS1
REAR FOG O
BT42-2
RW LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
FC4BR O
HAZARD FC55-1 BTS40 BL1-1
(FC2BR) BT41-12
O RU RU RU RU B B
BT42-5 BB1-2 BL1-2 BLS2 BL5-1 BL5-2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
O OY
BT42-1 RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP BB1-1
O RG B
BT42-3 GO
DIRECTION BULB FAILURE
INDICATOR
L YG YG I SENSING BT30-5
DI BTS23
SC2-7 FC14-88
OY B
R WG WG I
BT30-6
SC2-8 FC14-61 LIGHTING STOP BT3S
CONTROL
DIP UY UY I BK I RG B
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU
AUTO HEADLAMPS / SC2-4 FC14-42 BT40-13 BT30-7 BT30-2
11.3
MIRROR TINT SC2-1 BTS21 BK I
O Y TAIL
SIDE BT40-14
BT40-5 BTS9 Y
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW BK
I BT30-4
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 REVERSE
BT1AR
O
SECURITY AND LOCKING
FC3BL LIGHTING STALK CONTROL MODULE BT30-1
FOG
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR O RU RU
FC14-95 RH2-16 BT2-9 RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RW O GW GW
SIDE LAMPS ON
FC14-50 RH2-3 BT1-2 RW B B
GO GO BT26-1 BT26-2 BTS17
O
FC14-76 RH2-1 BT1-1
BT2AR
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
LOGIC
NAVIGATION:
POWER Y REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
17.3 17.4
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Y REVERSE PARKING AID:
19.1 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 09.3
COMPONENTS
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF34 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF24 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
GROUNDS
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

XK8 Range 2001 Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.3
51 WR
II
FC55-5
49 WR
0 II
LF34-3 SERVO LH HEADLAMP
1 390 Ω AMPLIFIER
GW GW GW LEVELING ACTUATOR
2 FC55-6 LF60-15 LFS6 LF34-2
3
BK BK
FC55-2 FCS47
LEVELING SWITCH
FC3BR LF34-1

B
LFS9
B
LF2BR
50 WR
II
LF24-3 SERVO RH HEADLAMP
AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
GW
LF24-2
LF24-1
LFS8
B
LF1AL
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH BT29 / DIODE TRUNK,/ ADJACENT TO BATTERY
O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FOOTWELL LAMP – DRIVER FC31 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK LEFT HAND FOOTWELL
Pin Description Active Inactive FOOTWELL LAMP – PASSENGER FC32 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK RIGHT HAND FOOTWELL
GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / CLEAR GLOVE BOX
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FC34 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / CLEAR
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
O DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR DP14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) RH3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
ROOF CONSOLE RF10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY INTERIOR ROOF
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
TRUNK LAMP – LH BT56 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
TRUNK LAMP – RH BT59 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / WHITE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
Pin Description Active Inactive VANITY LAMP – LH RF8 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SUN VISOR
VANITY LAMP – RH RF7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SUN VISOR
O FC14-24 FOOTWELL / INTERIOR LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O FC14-74 INTERIOR LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT B+ (FADES TO 0 V) BT1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O FC14-101 TRUNK / GLOVE BOX / VANITY LAMP POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
RF5 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LOWER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I FC14-104 LIGHTING / MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
GROUNDS
FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 10.1
N
13 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW NW B B
17 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-104 FC31-2 FC31-1 FCS50
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking. RW I FC4BL
1 DRIVER FOOT WELL LAMP (FC2BL)
FC14-41
5 WU I
II
FC14-15 O NW NW B B
FADE 1
WR FCS1 FCS46
16 I FC14-24 FC32-2 FC32-1
I
FC14-32 FC2BR
PASSENGER FOOT WELL LAMP (FC4BR)
BK BK O I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 NW NW B B
RH2-5 RH3-2 RH3-1 RHS2
IGNITION SWITCH
FC3BL (KEY-IN SWITCH) REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH1S
(COUPE ONLY)
SCP U U S – RW RW
21.1
FCS11 FC14-84 BT56-2 BT56-1
SCP Y Y S + LH TRUNK LAMP

21.1
FCS12 FC14-85
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW BK BK
RH2-6 BT1-5 BTS25 BT59-2 BT59-1 BTS26 BT29-1 BT29-2 BTS6 BT46-2 BT46-1 BTS21
Y U BT29
RH TRUNK LAMP BT1AR

TRUNK SWITCH
N B+
23 ILLUMINATION
DD10-1 AC14 AC14 ENABLE
-9 -8 RW RW B B
O
FC14-101 FCS36 FC33 FC34 FCS46
Y U
FC2BR
LOCK GLOVE BOX LAMP (FC4BR)
OY I
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 – S U U INTERIOR
36 LIGHTING
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5
I CONTROL
DD3-11 DD11-4 Y Y RW RW RFS2 RW BK
+ S
KEY BARREL DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 RF5-5 RF8-1 RF8-3
DRIVER DOOR LOCK

SWITCHES LH VANITY LAMP
BK GW I O GW
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-14 RW BK
RF7-1 RF7-3
DRIVER DOOR DOOR
SWITCH LAMP
CONTROL
RH VANITY LAMP
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17 LH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
FC4AR CONTROL MODULE RW
(FC2AR)
RF10-5
RW RW LH MAP LAMP
FADE 2 O
FC14-74 RF1-12 RF10-4
BK BK BK
N U U RF10-1 RFS1 RF5-6
46 B+ – S
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8 RH MAP LAMP
FC3BR
+ S Y Y
LOGIC
DP10-16 DP1-3 RH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
BK GW I POWER
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 GW
O PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DP10-14
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH DOOR BODY PROCESSOR ROOF CONSOLE
LAMP MODULE
CONTROL
BK BK BK I LOGIC GW B B B
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 DD14-2 DD14-1 DDS1 DD1-1
B B I POWER DRIVER DOOR FC4AL
(FC2AL)
DP1-21 DP10-17 PUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER DOOR GW B B B
FC2AR CONTROL MODULE DP14-2 DP14-1 DPS1 DP1-1
(FC4AR)
FC2AL
PASSENGER DOOR (FC4AL)
PUDDLE LAMP

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
DIMMER MODULE
O FC23-1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O FC23-2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
I FC23-4 SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST GROUND
CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I FC23-5 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT
FC59 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK
O FC23-6 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
O FC23-7 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
O FC23-8 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN COWL
I FC23-9 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
DIMMER MODULE FC23 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
O FC23-12 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4V 0V LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC79 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK FASCIA
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC22 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY FC97 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY
FC98 / 16-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IC19 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC20 / 26-WAY MQS / YELLOW
ROOF CONSOLE RF10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY INTERIOR ROOF
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR DP17 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
VALET SWITCH FC67 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
IC1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) / ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
MINOR MAJOR NAVIGATION NAVIGATION AIR CONDITIONING CENTER CONSOLE

INSTRUMENT PACK INSTRUMENT PACK CONTROL MODULE DISPLAY RADIO CONTROL PANEL SWITCH PACK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
LOCATE LH SEAT RH SEAT FRONT FOG REAR FOG HEADLAMP
HAZARD HEATER HEATER LAMPS LAMPS TRACTION LEVELING
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
FC79 FC79 FC25 FC25 FC26 FC25 IC22 FC97 FC97 IC20 IC20 IC19
-16 -8 -17 -6 -21 -16 -14 -12 -11 -20 -21 -6
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
BK B RG RU RG RU RG B RG R B
FCS48 RW FCS49
BK RU RG B IC1 IC1
IC1 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC55 FC55 FC55 FC55
-20 -6 -5 -9 -8 -7 -10 -3 -4 -16
FC4BR
FC3BL (FC2BR) CE2 B
RU RG RG R
N 09.1 BPM: HAZARD STATE FCS49
RG B
RG R
B FC4BR
07.1 A/CCM (FC2BR)
RG RG RG RG DIMMER
FCS4 FC35-10 OVERRIDE
SC11-2 SC3-8
RU BK BK
RU FC35-5 FC35-1 FCS47
O
FCS72 FC23-1 LOCATE
RU O FC3BR
FC23-2 MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
NR B+
49
FC23-10
NR B+ O RU RU B
50
FC23-11 FC23-7 FCS73 FC62-9 FC62-7
14 WR I LOCATE
I
FC23-3
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
UY UY UY O
SC11-4 SC3-9 FC23-12 R B
Y Y Y FC59 FC42-1 FCS49
I
B
SC11-5 SC3-10 FC23-5 O R LOCATE
G G G FC23-8 FCS3 FC4BR
O (FC2BR)
SC11-6 SC3-11 FC23-6 CIGAR LIGHTER
RW RW
DIMMER SC11-3 RU B
OVERRIDE FC63-5 FC63-1
LOCATE
DIMMER CONTROL
RG DIMMER
OVERRIDE
FC63-10
R SPEED CONTROL
DIP UY ON / OFF SWITCH
BK BK BK RU RU
SC2-4
RF5-6 RFS1 RF10-1 RF10-6 RF1-21
R B
AC15-7
SIDE MOOD FC27-3 FC27-4
FC3BR
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW LOCATE
I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 SCS2 FCS9 ROOF CONSOLE
AUTO SC2-3 FC23-4 R
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK B B B R R R
I
FC23-9 FCS46 DD17-4 DD17-5 DDS5 DD1-9 ACS7 R B B
FC41-4 FC41-2 FCS50
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC2BR LOCATE LOCATE
(FC4BR)
FC4BL
DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR
(FC2BL)
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
SWITCH PACK RELEASE SWITCH
BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON RW
14.1 09.2 09.1
R B
B B B R FC88-5 FC88-10
DD1-1 DDS1 DD5-1 DD5-9
FC4AL LOCATE LOCATE

(FC2AL)
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY GEAR SELECTOR

SWITCH PACK ILLUMINATION MODULE
B B B R R R B
DP1-1 DPS1 DP17-3 DP17-4 DP1-9 FC67-9 FC67-5
LOCATE LOCATE
FC2AL
(FC4AL)
PASSENGER DOOR VALET SWITCH
SWITCH PACK

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-11 AUTO TILT REQUEST GROUND B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LEFT HAND SIDE
I FC14-25 COLUMN MOTOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / LEFT HAND SIDE
O FC14-40 COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
O FC14-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC14-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 0.5 V (OUT); 4 V (IN)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
O FC14-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC61 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
I FC14-87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST UP = 10.1 V, DOWN = 12.1 V, RETRACT = 8.5 V, EXTEND = 6.8 V
O FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC14-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK UP = 4 V, DOWN = 0.5 V AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
O FC14-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
O FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
SC2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
I FC14-102 COLUMN MOVEMENT MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+

GROUNDS
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I DD11-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B+ FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.1
N STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

13 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
N
40 B+ (COLUMN
FC14-102 MOTORS)
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
16 WR I
I
FC14-32
U FCS11 U
SCP 21.1 S –
FC14-84 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC61 FC61 FC61 FC61 FC61
Y FCS12 Y -2 -5 -3 -1 -6 -3 -6 -4 -1 -8
SCP 21.1 S +
FC14-85
BK BK O WU BG Y UY BR WU BW RU U BW
I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH) O BG
FC3BL
FC14-90
O WU
FC14-40 FCS17
BK BK BK YB YB I I Y
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58 FC14-93
O UY
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH FC14-99
FC3BR
STEERING BR
COLUMN O
MOVEMENT FC14-100
CONTROL
O BW
FC14-91
270 Ω
I RU
FC14-66
100 Ω
O U
NR NR Y Y I FC14-78
18 470 Ω
SC3-5 SC9-1 SC9-3 SC3-6 FC14-87 O BW
FC14-52
820 Ω
COLUMN
I B B
MOTORS
COLUMN JOY STICK GROUND FC14-25 FCS46
LOGIC
BK BK BK BK YB YB I POWER
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 SC9-7 SC9-5 SC3-7 FC14-11 FC2BR
AUTO TILT SWITCH (FC4BR)
FC3BL BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
N B+
23
DD10-1
U U U U S –
AC14-8 ACS5 DD1-8 DD10-9
Y Y Y Y S +
AC14-9 ACS6 DD1-3 DD10-16
NW MEMORY 1 O I
33
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21
MEMORY SET WU I
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UY I
NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. DD5-6 DD11-22
U O
SET MEMORY DD5-8 DD11-2
STATUS
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
BK GW I
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER MD1 / 8-WAY CONNECTOR / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER MP1 / 8-WAY CONNECTOR / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
Pin Description Active Inactive MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FASCIA
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
O DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
O DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND = DOWN
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O DD10-20 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+ AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DD10-21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP DD8 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD11-1 MIRROR SELECT B+ = UP / RIGHT GROUND = DOWN / LEFT DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ DP8 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I DD11-3 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B+
I DD11-9 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT GROUNDS
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-17 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+ FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC3AS EYELET (SINGLE) / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DP10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON B+ = LEFT / DOWN GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O DP10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
O DP10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND
O DP10-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I DP10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I DP10-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Mirror Movement Mirror Movement Fig. 11.2
U SCP
21.1
N B+
13
FC14-80 Y 21.1 SCP
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WU I – S U U S – + C Y CAN
II
21.1
FC14-15 FC14-84 FCS11 FC25-14 FC25-11
16 WR I + S Y Y S + – C G 21.1 CAN
I FCS12
FC14-32 FC14-85 FC25-13 FC25-23
BK BK BK YB YB I LOGIC
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
POWER REVERSE
U Y GEAR
NOT-IN-PARK
FC3BR
MICROSWITCH VEHICLE DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
SPEED
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
AC14 AC14
-8 -9
MAJOR
N B+ INSTRUMENT PACK
23
DD10-1
U Y
BK BK BK GW I
DD1-2 DDS7 DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
– S U U
DRIVER DOOR ACS5
FC4AR DD10-9 DD1-8
(FC2AR) SWITCH MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MD1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1
Y Y -7 -3 -5 -8 -1 -4 -2 -7 -3 -5 -8 -1 -4 -2
+ S
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6
WU WG K N U G S WU WG K N U G S
NW MEMORY 1 O I
33
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21
MEMORY SET WU I DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8
DD5-10 DD11-6 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
MEMORY 2 UY I WU BK OG UY RU U BW WU BK OG UY RU U BW
NOTE: Memory circuit – DD5-6 DD11-22
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
U O O WU
DD5-8 DD11-2 DD10-20
SET MEMORY STATUS
I OG
MIRROR
CONTROL DD10-22
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK O UY
DD10-4
I RU
NW NR I DD10-21
34
DD17-10 DIRECTION DD17-2 DD11-1 O U
O I DD10-3
LH VERTICAL DD17-11 DD11-17 O BW
WB I DD10-2
LH HORIZONTAL DD17-12 DD11-10
FOLD-BACK DD17-1
YR I I BK BK BK
LOGIC
RH VERTICAL DD17-13 DD11-3 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2
Y I I B B
BK BK BK POWER
DDS7 RH HORIZONTAL DD17-14 DD11-9 DD10-17 DD1-21
DD1-2 DD17-20
FC4AR
FC4AR MIRROR JOY STICK DRIVER DOOR (FC2AR)
(FC2AR)
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
– S U U
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
11.3
WG DP10-9 DP1-8
FOLD-BACK MIRRORS
+ S Y Y
DP10-16 DP1-3
N B+ O WU
46
DP10-1 DP10-20
I OG
DP10-22
MIRROR O UY
CONTROL DP10-4
I RU
DP10-21
O U
DP10-3
O BW
DP10-2
I BK BK BK
LOGIC
DP10-8 DPS7 DP1-2
POWER I B B
DP10-17 DP1-21
FC2AR
PASSENGER DOOR (FC4AR)
CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-42 DIPPED BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER DP8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
Pin Description Active Inactive FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I DD11-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REQUEST B+ GROUND SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE BT42 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
Pin Description Active Inactive RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
O SD3-4 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE GROUND B+

I SD5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SD5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SD5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Connector Type / Color Location / Access
S SD5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AC16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SD1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
Pin Description Active Inactive SP1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
O SP3-4 DOOR MIRROR FOLD OUT ACTIVATE GROUND B+

I SP5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
I SP5-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SP5-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Ground Location / Type
S SP5-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE FC3BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
Pin Description Active Inactive FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
O BT40-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND FC5L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I BT40-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ FC5S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND SEAT
S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz FC6L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
FC6S EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND SEAT
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.3
U SCP
21.1
NW N B+ – S U U U U Y SCP
34 23 21.1
DD17-10 DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5 AC14-8
+ S Y Y Y Y
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC14-9 U Y
S – + C 21.1 CAN
MIRROR
CONTROL FC25-14 FC25-11
Y S + – C G CAN
21.1
FOLD-BACK WG I I BK BK BK FC25-13 FC25-23
DD17-1 DD11-15 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2 VEHICLE
SPEED
FC4AR
DRIVER DOOR (FC2AR) REVERSE
GEAR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR JOY STICK NR B+ – S U U U MAJOR

8 SDS9
SD5-5 SD5-10 SD1-3 FCS11 INSTRUMENT PACK
Y Y Y FCS12 U U PB
DD17-20 + S MIRROR TINT
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK SD5-9 SDS10 SD1-8 DD1-20 DD8-12
BK MIRROR
CONTROL
DDS7 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.2 for mirror movement. O R R R R R R R
BK SD3-4 SD1-7 FCS6 AC16-4 DD1-6 DDS3 DD8-1
DD1-2 I B B B
SD5-2 SDS3 SD1-1
BK
FC4AR FC6L YR YR YR S
(FC2AR) DRIVER SEAT (FC5L)
CONTROL MODULE AC16-6 DD1-14 DD8-7
SLIP MECHANISM
U U U DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

– S
NR SP5-10 SPS9 SP1-3
28 B+
SP5-5 + S Y Y Y SLIP MECHANISM
SP5-9 SPS10 SP1-8 YR YR YR S
MIRROR
CONTROL FCS7 AC13-20 DP1-14 DP8-7
O R YR
SP3-4 SP1-7
I B B B
SP5-2 SPS3 SP1-1 R R R R R
AC13-18 DP1-6 DPS3 DP8-1
FC5S
PASSENGER SEAT (FC6S)
CONTROL MODULE ACS9 U U PB MIRROR TINT
DP1-20 DP8-12
NR U U U PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR

51 B+ – S
BT40-6 BT40-16 BT1-10 RH2-11
+ S Y Y Y
LIGHTING
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 22 WR B+
II RF2-1
CONTROL
O Y U U U
BT40-5 AC13-19 RF1-14 RF2-4
MIRROR TINT
I BK YU YU
BT40-13 RF1-11 RF2-5 AUTO
HEADLAMPS
I BK BTS21 BTS9 Y Y Y Y
BT40-14 BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2 RF2-2
BK BK BK BK
RF5-6 RFS1 RF2-3
SECURITY AND LOCKING BT1AR
CONTROL MODULE
FC3BR INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
N B+ – S U
13
FC14-80 FC14-84 Y
09.2
NG B+ + S Y
48 REVERSE LAMPS
FC14-79 FC14-85 Y
09.2
5 WU I
II
FC14-15
DIP UY UY UY I
YU YU SC2-4 FC14-42
SC2-1
SIDE
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16
LOGIC
FC3BL POWER
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC14-17 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-35 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC14-69 LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED (RHD = RH) GROUND B+
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 / 16-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
I FC14-86 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH SD25 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SD24 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER LHD: RH35 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
Pin Description Active Inactive RHD: RH36 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER SD19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
I DD11-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B+ SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SD8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SD9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SQUAB (HEATER) – DRIVER SD17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE
Pin Description Active Inactive SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
I SD22-3 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
O SD22-4 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O SD22-5 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
I SD22-6 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SD22-8 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER)
I SD22-9 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND RH9 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER GROUND GROUND GROUND SD1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SD22-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
GROUNDS
S SD22-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Ground Location / Type
I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED GROUND B+
FC1S EYELET (SINGLE) / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT GROUND B+
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE FC4AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
Pin Description Active Inactive FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
O SD3-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
FC5R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
O SD3-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND
FC6L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC6R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
O SD3-5 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-7 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I SD3-9 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
SG SD4-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
SS SD4-2 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
SS SD4-5 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
SG SD4-6 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SD4-8 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
I SD4-10 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
I SD4-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 9 V = UP; 4 V = DOWN
I SD4-12 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = FORWARD; 2 V = REAR
SS SD4-14 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+
SS SD4-15 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
SG SD4-18 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG SD4-19 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
O SD5-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD5-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1
NR N U FCS11 U
14 13 B+ – S 21.1 SCP
FC55-9 FC14-80 FC14-84
SEAT HEATER
STATE O (LHD) OY (RHD) Y FCS12 Y
O + S 21.1 SCP
FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-85
FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
B B OG (LHD) G (RHD) I POWER
FC55-16 FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD) DRIVER
FCS49
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD) HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
LOGIC
SEAT HEATER SWITCH U U Y Y
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
AC14 SD1 AC14 SD1
N -8 -3 -9 -8
23 B+
DD10-1 – S U U U
NW MEMORY 1 O DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5
33 I U Y
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21 + S Y Y Y
MEMORY SET WU DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD10 SD10 SD10 SD10 SD10 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7
I
-5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -2 -6 -5 -3 -1 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UY I I BK BK BK
LOGIC
DD5-6 DD11-22 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2
WG YU W UY RU YB YG Y G GR WR WU WR OG UY WG W W GO NG WB BG BO WU WR
U O I B B
POWER
DD5-8 DD11-2 DD10-17 DD1-21
SET MEMORY STATUS
FC4AR
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE (FC2AR)
SWITCH PACK
G N B+ – S SD22-13 U
19 SDS9
SD24-2 SD24-1 SD22-1 + S SD22-14 Y
SDS10
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH BW I SD22-10 WG
SD22-16 SD22-12 YU
BK BK G G BG I I SD22-11 W
FCS45 SD1-11 SDS7 SD25-2 SD25-1 SD22-15 O SD22-5 UY
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH OG I O SD22-4 RU
FC1S SD22-3 B
POWER I SD22-7
NG I I SD22-8 B
SD22-9
** G G BK BK
LOGIC I SD22-6
SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45
N
20
SD11-9 180 Ω FC1S
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT ** NOTE: Module Identification
SD11-15 CONTROL MODULE (SD22-8 connected to ground –
Driver Seat).
SD11-16
GR I
SD11-4 SD3-14 – S SD5-10 U
GU I + S SD5-9 Y
SD11-5 SD3-13 SD4-19 YB
WG I SD4-15 YG
SD11-12 SD3-12 I SD4-8 Y
W I O SD3-5 G
SD11-14 SD3-11 O SD3-6 GR
NR I SD4-18 WR
SD11-7 SD3-16 SD4-14 WU
GW I I SD4-10 WR
SD11-8 SD3-15 O SD5-3 OG
UY I O SD5-4 UY
SD11-6 SD3-9 SD4-1 WG
OY I SD4-5 W
SD11-13
I SD4-11 W
SD3-10 O SD3-1 GO
B+
NR B+ O SD3-2 NG
8
SD5-5 SD4-6 WB
LUMBAR
YB G I SD4-2 BG
CONTROL SD11-11 SD5-8 I SD4-12 BO
B B 10 Ω O WU
O SD3-7
SDS3 SD11-1 SD11-3 WR
O SD3-8
SD1-1 10 Ω POWER I SD5-2 B
B
O SD3-3 O
FC6L
(FC5L) SD5-1 BO B O B
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK ** I R
SD1-6
SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
** NOTE: Module Identification FC6R
19 WG G DRIVER SEAT (SD5-1 connected to ground – (FC5R) DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
II B+ Driver Seat).
SD20-4 SD20-2 CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE: YU YB B B
18.1
SEAT BELT FASTENED SD20-3 SD14-3 B SD1-1
SDS3
BK BK G G HALL EFFECT SD14-2
SWITCH
FCS45 SD1-11 SDS7 SD20-1 BW BW BW WG 16 O FC6L
RH35-2 (LHD) RH35-1 (LHD) II SD14-1 (FC5L)
SD20-5 SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)
RH9-19 (RHD) RH36-2 (RHD) RH36-1 (RHD)
FC1S
DRIVER DRIVER SEAT BELT DRIVER SQUAB HEATER
SEAT BELT SWITCH COMFORT SOLENOID
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC14-17 LHD RH (RHD LH) SEAT HEATER STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O FC14-69 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER STATUS LED GROUND B+
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH SD25 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SD24 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER LHD: RH35 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
RHD: RH36 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
Pin Description Active Inactive SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
I SD22-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I SD22-3 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER SD19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
O SD22-4 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
O SD22-5 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
I SD22-6 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I SD22-7 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SD8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I SD22-8 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER) SD9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
I SD22-9 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SD10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER GROUND GROUND GROUND SQUAB (HEATER) – DRIVER SD17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SD22-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED GROUND B+
I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT GROUND B+
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
O SD3-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
O SD3-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC5L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC5R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SD3-9 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC6L EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC6R EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / LEFT HAND SEAT
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SD5-1 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD5-8 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Driver Seat: Non Memory Driver Seat: Non Memory Fig. 12.2
N U FCS11 U
13 B+ – S 21.1 SCP
FC14-80 FC14-84
Y FCS12 Y
+ S 21.1 SCP
NR O (LHD) OY (RHD) O FC14-85
14
FC55-9 FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD)
SEAT HEATER FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD) POWER
STATE OG (LHD) G (RHD) I DRIVER
FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD) HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
LOGIC U Y
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
B B
FCS49 FC55-16
SEAT HEATER SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC4BR SD1-3 SD1-8
(FC2BR)
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK U Y

– S U SDS9
N B+ SD22-13
19
SD22-1 + S Y SDS10 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD23 SD10 SD10 SD9 SD9 SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7
-5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
SD22-14
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH
WG WG
G BW I SD22-10 YU W UY RU G GR OG UY NG GO WU WR
SD24-2 SD24-1 SD22-16 YU
SD22-12
I W
BK BK G G BG I SD22-11
FCS45 SD1-11 SDS7 SD25-2 SD25-1 SD22-15 O UY
SD22-5
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
FC1S RU
O
SD22-4
I B
POWER
SD22-7
OG I I B
SD22-3
** SD22-8
NG I I G G BK BK
LOGIC
SD22-9 SD22-6 SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45
N
20 ** NOTE: Module Identification
SD11-9 180 Ω FC1S
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT (SD22-8 connected to ground –
Driver Seat).
SD11-15 CONTROL MODULE
SD11-16
GR I – S U
SD11-4 SD3-14 SD5-10
GU I + S Y
SD11-5 SD3-13 SD5-9
WG I O G
SD11-12 SD3-12 SD3-5
W I O GR
SD11-14 SD3-11 SD3-6
NR I O OG
SD11-7 SD3-16 SD5-3
GW I O UY
SD11-8 SD3-15 SD5-4
UY I O NG
SD11-6 SD3-9 SD3-2
OY I O GO
SD11-13 SD3-10 SD3-1
NR B+ O WU
B+ 8
SD5-5 SD3-7
O WR
YB G I SD3-8
LUMBAR SD11-11 SD5-8 B
CONTROL POWER I
B B 10 Ω O SD5-2
SDS3 SD11-1 SD11-3 O
O
SD1-1 10 Ω SD3-3
B O
I BO B R B
FC6L ** SD5-1 SD1-6 SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
(FC5L)
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
** NOTE: Module Identification FC6R
(FC5R)
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER DRIVER SQUAB HEATER
DRIVER SEAT (SD5-1 connected to ground –
Driver Seat).
19 WG G CONTROL MODULE
II
SD20-4 SD20-2 YB
RESTRAINTS YU SD14-3 B SDS3
CONTROL MODULE: 18.1
SEAT BELT FASTENED SD20-3 SD14-2
BK BK G G HALL EFFECT O B
SWITCH
BW BW BW WG SD14-1
FCS45 SD1-11 SDS7 SD20-1 16 SD1-1
RH35-2 (LHD) RH35-1 (LHD) II
SD20-5 SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)
RH9-19 (RHD) RH36-2 (RHD) RH36-1 (RHD) DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
FC1S B
DRIVER DRIVER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH COMFORT SOLENOID FC6L
(FC5L)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles
1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC14-69 LHD LH (RHD RH)SEAT HEATER STATUS LED GROUND B+
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 / 16-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH SP25 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SP24 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER RHD: RH35 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
LHD: RH36 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
Pin Description Active Inactive SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
I SP22-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I SP22-3 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
O SP22-4 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
O SP22-5 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
I SP22-6 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I SP22-7 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SP8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I SP22-8 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER) SP9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
I SP22-9 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SP10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER GROUND GROUND GROUND SQUAB (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SP22-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SP22-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED GROUND B+
I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT GROUND B+
O SP3-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
O SP3-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
O SP3-3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP3-5 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP3-6 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP3-7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
FC5S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SP3-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-11 PASSENGER SEAT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-12 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP5-1 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER)
I SP5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SP5-3 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP5-4 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Fig. 12.3
N U FCS11 U
13 B+ – S 21.1 SCP
FC14-80 FC14-84
Y FCS12 Y
+ S 21.1 SCP
NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) O FC14-85
14
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD)
STATE G (LHD) OG (RHD) I PASSENGER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD) HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) LOGIC U Y
B B
FCS49 FC55-16

FC4BR SP1-3 SP1-8
(FC2BR)
(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)

– S U
SPS9
N B+ SP22-13
41
SP22-1 + S Y SP23 SP23 SP23 SP23 SP23 SP10 SP10 SP9 SP9 SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7
SPS10 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
SP22-14
WG WG
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SP22-10 YU W UY RU G GR OG UY NG GO WU WR
YU
G BW I SP22-12
SP24-2 SP24-1 SP22-16 I W
SP22-11
O UY
BK BK G G BG I SP22-5
FCS45 SP1-11 SPS7 SP25-2 SP25-1 SP22-15 O RU
SP22-4
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
FC1S B
POWER I
SP22-7
OG I I
SP22-3
** SP22-8
NG I G G BK BK
LOGIC I
SP22-9 SP22-6 SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45
N
42 ** NOTE: Module Identification
FC1S
SP11-9 180 Ω PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT (SD22-8 not connected to ground –
Passenger Seat).
SP11-15 CONTROL MODULE
SP11-16
WG I – S U
SP11-4 SP3-14 SP5-10
W I + S Y
SP11-5 SP3-13 SP5-9
WG I O G
SP11-12 SP3-12 SP3-5
W I O GR
SP11-14 SP3-11 SP3-6
NR I O OG
SP11-7 SP3-16 SP5-3
GW I O OY
SP11-8 SP3-15 SP5-4
UY I O NG
SP11-6 SP3-9 SP3-2
OY I O GO
SP11-13 SP3-10 SP3-1
NR B+ O WU
B+ 28
SP5-5 SP3-7
YB
SP11-11 O WR
SP3-8
LUMBAR O
CONTROL SP11-3 POWER I
B
B B 10 Ω SP5-2
SPS3 SP11-1 O
O
SP1-1 10 Ω SP3-3
I O R B
B ** SP5-1 SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
FC5S
(FC6S) DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK ** NOTE: Module Identification
(SD5-1 not connected to ground – PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT Passenger Seat).
CONTROL MODULE
20 WG YB
II SP14-3
SP20-4 SP20-2 B
RESTRAINTS YG SP14-2 SPS3
SEAT BELT FASTENED SP20-3 O B
BK BK G G HALL EFFECT SP14-1
SWITCH
SP1-1
FCS45 SP1-11 SPS7 SP20-1 BW BW BW WG 17
RH36-2 (LHD) RH36-1 (LHD) II PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
SP20-5 SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD) B
FC1S
PASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT BELT FC5S
COMFORT SOLENOID (FC6S)
SEAT BELT SWITCH
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: 5-Way Movement Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
O FC14-69 LHD LH (RHD RH) SEAT HEATER STATUS LED GROUND B+
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH SP25 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SP24 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER RHD: RH35 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
LHD: RH36 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
Pin Description Active Inactive SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
I SP22-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I SP22-3 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP19 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
O SP22-4 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 / 20-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
O SP22-5 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR B+ GROUND
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW SEAT BACK
I SP22-6 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
I SP22-7 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND SP8 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
I SP22-8 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER) SP9 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
I SP22-9 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND SP10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER GROUND GROUND GROUND SQUAB (HEATER) – PASSENGER SP17 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY SEAT SQUAB
I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY B+ B+
S SP22-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED GROUND B+
I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT GROUND B+
O SP3-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – FORWARD B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
O SP3-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY – REAR B+ GROUND Ground Location / Type
O SP3-3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SP3-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
FC5S EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND SEAT
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-11 PASSENGER SEAT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-12 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP5-1 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER) GROUND (PASSENGER)
I SP5-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Fig. 12.4
N U FCS11 U
13 B+ – S 21.1 SCP
FC14-80 FC14-84
Y FCS12 Y
+ S 21.1 SCP
NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) O FC14-85
14
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD)
STATE G (LHD) OG (RHD) I PASSENGER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD) HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) LOGIC U Y
B B
FCS49 FC55-16

FC4BR SP1-3 SP1-8
(FC2BR)
(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)

– S U
SPS9
N B+ SP22-13
41
SP22-1 + S Y SP23 SP23 SP23 SP23 SP23 SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7
SPS10 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
SP22-14
WG WG
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SP22-10 YU W UY RU NG GO WU WR
YU
G BW I SP22-12
SP24-2 SP24-1 SP22-16 I W
SP22-11
O UY
BK BK G G BG I SP22-5
FCS45 SP1-11 SPS7 SP25-2 SP25-1 SP22-15 O RU
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH SP22-4
FC1S B
POWER I
SP22-7
OG I I
SP22-3
** SP22-8
NG I G G BK BK
LOGIC I
SP22-9 SP22-6 SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45
** NOTE: Module Identification

(SD22-8 not connected to ground – FC1S
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT Passenger Seat).
N CONTROL MODULE
42
SP11-9 180 Ω
SP11-15
NR B+ – S U
28
SP11-14 SP5-5 SP5-10
NR I + S Y
SP11-7 SP3-16 SP5-9
GW I O NG
SP11-8 SP3-15 SP3-2
UY I O GO
SP11-6 SP3-9 SP3-1
OY I O WU
SP11-13 SP3-10 SP3-7
O WR
B+
SP3-8
YB
B
SP11-11 POWER I
SP5-2
LUMBAR O
CONTROL SP11-3 O O
B B 10 Ω SP3-3
SPS3 SP11-1 O R B
I
SP1-1 10 Ω
** SP5-1 SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
** NOTE: Module Identification

B (SD5-1 not connected to ground – PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT Passenger Seat).
FC5S CONTROL MODULE
(FC6S) DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
YB
SP14-3 B
SP14-2 SPS3
20 WG O B
II SP14-1
SP20-4 SP20-2
RESTRAINTS SP1-1
YG
SEAT BELT FASTENED SP20-3
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
B
BK BK G G HALL EFFECT
SWITCH
FC5S
FCS45 SP1-11 SPS7 SP20-1 BW BW BW WG 17 (FC6S)
RH36-2 (LHD) RH36-1 (LHD) II
SP20-5 SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD)
FC1S
PASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH COMFORT SOLENOID
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-5 TRUNK LATCH RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-31 FUEL FLAP RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
O FC14-71 DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (PULSE) B+
DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BL2 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK LID / LINER
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID IC24 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL TRUNK / FUEL FILL
Pin Description Active Inactive IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE) HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE) RH7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
O DD10-5 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
O DD10-6 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT42 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN TRUNK / LEFT HAND SIDE
I DD11-5 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST B+
TRUNK SWITCH BT46 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK TRUNK
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
VALET SWITCH FC67 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RELAYS

Pin Description Active Inactive Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ DOOR LOCKING RELAY BLACK FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
O DP10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O DP10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I DP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND AC13 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DP11-5 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST B+ GROUND AC14 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+ AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BB1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BL1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
Pin Description Active Inactive BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O BT40-1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID B+ GROUND DD1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
O BT40-2 FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOID B+ GROUND DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
S BT40-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz IC4 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
I BT40-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND RH2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
S BT40-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz GROUNDS
I BT41-5 TRUNK SWITCH GROUND B+
I BT41-6 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I BT41-7 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND (LOCKED) B+ BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND (LOCKED) B+ BT1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
I RH20-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I RH20-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH3S EYELET (SINGLE) / ROOF, ADJACENT TO BACKLIGHT

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Central Door Locking Central Door Locking Fig. 13.1
U SCP
21.1
N B+
13
FC14-80 Y SCP
21.1
RW I KEY FOB KEY FOB
1 ANTENNA ANTENNA
FC14-41
(CONVERTIBLE) (COUPE)
5 WU I
II
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch FC14-15
activates emergency unlock. 8 RG I NW B+
II 58
FC14-33 BT40-15
BK BK O I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 U U U U
– S S –
FC14-84 FCS11 RH2-11 BT1-10 BT40-16 RH7 RH7
FC3BL IGNITION SWITCH -1 -2
(KEY-IN SWITCH) + S Y Y Y Y S +
FC14-85 FCS12 RH2-12 BT1-11 BT40-8
I W
BK BK YB YB RH20-1 B
I
FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58 Y U BRD
NOT-IN-PARK LOCK BK BK RW RW I RH20-2 RH3S
MICROSWITCH CONTROL BTS21 BT46-1 BT46-2 BTS6 BT41-5 W
I
AC14 AC14 RH20-1
-9 -8
TRUNK SWITCH
YR I BT1AR BRD
TRUNK FC41-10 FC14-5 RH20-2
BK I YR
FCS47 Y I Y U
BT41-19 BT2-7
FC41-3 FUEL FILL FC41-6 FC14-31
BK I YU
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL O YR BT41-7 BT2-16
FC3BR
RELEASE SWITCH FC14-71 RU I
BT41-6 O O B
LOGIC
BT40-1 BT43-2 BT43-1
B B YU I POWER TRUNK RELEASE
FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC14-55 BK I YU YR SOLENOID
FC4BL BT40-13
(FC2BL) VALET SWITCH BK O O B B
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BTS21 I O
BT40-14 BT40-2 IC4-3 IC24-2 IC24-1 IC4-4 BTS20
B B B B RU RU BK B
BLS1 FUEL FILL FLAP
BB1-1 BL1-1 BL2-1 BL2-2 BL1-4 BB1-4 BT1AR SOLENOID BT1AL
BTS23 RH2-14 (LHD) RH2-2 (LHD)
SECURITY AND LOCKING RH2-2 (RHD) RH2-14 (RHD)
B EXTERNAL CONTROL MODULE
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
BT3S
N B+ – S U U
23
DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5 LOCK STATUS
YR (LHD)
NW GU I + S Y Y YU (RHD) YR Y BK
35
DD3-13 DD3-5 DD11-5 DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC13-6 DD1-16 DD3-9 DD3-8
EXTERIOR HANDLE
DDS7
LOCK OY Y Y
I O
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 DD10-5 DD3-3 BK
36
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG YG YG
I DD1-2
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD1-19 DD3-2
KEY BARREL BK GW YB YB BK
I O
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-6 DD3-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK FC4AR
DOOR LOCK (FC2AR)
SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR CONTROL DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH ACTUATOR
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8 B B 9 FC24
B B NR FCS46 10 8 YG YG
I POWER 29
DD1-21 DD10-17 AC15-1 ACS2
FC4AR NR 6 7 YR
(FC2AR) 30
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
DOOR LOCKING
N B+ – S U U RELAY
46
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8
NW GU I + S Y Y YU (LHD) LOCK STATUS
31
DP3-13 DP3-5 DP11-5 DP10-16 DP1-3 YR (RHD) YU Y BK
EXTERIOR HANDLE DP3-9 DP3-8
AC13-17 DP1-16
BK GW I DPS7
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
DP3-7 DP3-6 Y Y
SWITCH DP11-20 O
DP10-5 DP3-3 BK
PASSENGER DOOR DOOR LOCK
SWITCH CONTROL YG YG DP1-2
BK BK BK DP1-19 DP3-2
I LOGIC
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 YB YB BK
O
B B DP10-6 DP3-1
I POWER FC2AR
DP1-21 DP10-17 (FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
FC2AR ACTUATOR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-6 WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW 0V B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FC14-9 INTERMITTENT WIPER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC14-18 POWERWASH RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / GREEN
O FC14-19 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX / BLUE
O FC14-26 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND LF70 / EYELET
I FC14-34 FAST WIPE REQUEST GROUND B+ INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
I FC14-37 WASH REQUEST 0 V (MOMENTARY) B+ LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
O FC14-43 WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ POWERWASH PUMP LF25 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER
I FC14-60 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH GROUND (PARKED) B+ (NOT PARKED) RAIN SENSING MODULE RS1 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ RAIN SENSOR RF15 / 3-WAY MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
I FC14-94 SLOW WIPE REQUEST GROUND (WIPERS ON) B+ WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
I FC14-104 LIGHTING / MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR LF27 / 3-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER
WIPER MOTOR EM51 / 5-WAY FORD FAO / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD / AIR INTAKE PLENUM
RELAYS
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY BLACK LF48 / BLACK LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY BLACK LF49 / BLACK LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
FC49 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 /BLACK FASCIA
GROUNDS
LF1AR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF3BS EYELET (SINGLE) / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1
RW RW
RS1-11 FC49-8
28 WR
II
RS1-6
N
13 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NW 3 5 YR B
17 B+ (MOTORS) 5
FC14-104 #7 30A LF6-1 LF25-2 LF25-1
B WU WU WU WU 1 2 YB
5 I 5
II LF6-10
RF15-1 RF2-6 RF1-9 FC49-6 RS1-1 FC14-15 POWERWASH
B BG BG BG PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4)
RF15-2 RF2-8 RF1-15 FC49-12 RS1-7 GR GR
B NW NW NW RS1-5 FC49-2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RF15-3 RF2-7 RF1-16 FC49-5 RS1-2 GO GO
RS1-9 FC49-10 O YB YB
RAIN SENSOR G G FC14-18 LF1-17
INTERIOR BK BK BK RS1-3 FC49-4 I Y Y

REAR VIEW MIRROR FCS47 FC49-7 RS1-12 GU GU FC14-6 LF1-15 LF27-3 FLUID LEVEL
RS1-4 FC49-3 O YG YG B
FC14-26 LF1-16 LF27-2 LF27-1 LFS7
FC3BR
B
RAIN SENSING
MODULE WASH / WIPE WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP LF1AR
CONTROL AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
B WU GR GR GR I
SC1-9 SC1-8 FCS55 FC14-37
WASH
GO GO GO LF48 4 B
I
SC1-6 FCS53 FC14-34 WG 3 5 NG
FAST WIPE 11
G G G I
SC1-5 FCS52 FC14-94 NG 1 2 BG
SLOW WIPE 10 LFS18
FLICK WIPE B
GU GU GU I WIPER RUN / STOP
SC1-7 FCS51 FC14-9 RELAY
INTERMITTENT LF3BS
WIPE BG BG
O
FC14-43 LF60-16
LF49 4 U
560 Ω
WG 3 5 R
1.3 ΚΩ
NG 1 2 WG
12
DELAY
2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ WIPER FAST / SLOW

RELAY
11 ΚΩ O WG WG
FC14-19 LF60-17
51 ΚΩ FAST BW R R
EM51-1 (LHD) LF3-4
WASH / WIPE STALK EM51-5 (RHD)
B B B N SLOW BR U U
LFS18 LF3-5 EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (LHD) LF3-3
EM51-2 (RHD) EM51-4 (RHD)
NLG RW RW
DIP UY EM51-3 EM2-17 FCS54
LF3BS PARK SWITCH
REAR VIEW MIRRORS: YU YU SC2-4
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT 11.3
SC2-1
WIPER MOTOR
SIDE
BK BK BK BK DIP SIDE RW RW RW RW I I RW
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 AUTO SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 FC14-60
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK
LOGIC
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER
DIMMER MODULE:
10.2
RW
SIDE LAMPS ON
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
Pin Description Active Inactive DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
O DD10-7 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER
I DD10-10 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
I DD10-11 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN BT42 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
I DD10-12 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
O DD10-13 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+ WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR DD17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O DD10-15 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR DP17 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND WINDOW LIFT – DRIVER DD16 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
I DD10-18 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND WINDOW LIFT – PASSENGER DP16 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
I DD10-19 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-7 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AC15 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
Pin Description Active Inactive AC16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC62 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
Pin Description Active Inactive RF1 24-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I DP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DP10-7 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
I DP10-10 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DP10-11 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN Ground Location / Type
I DP10-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
O DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
O DP10-15 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I DP10-18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.


REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Window Lifts Window Lifts Fig. 15.1
Y SCP
21.1
CONVERTIBLE U
TOP 21.1 SCP
CONTROL
U FCS11 U
NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – – S S –
Convertible vehicles only. FC14-84 FC25-14
+ S Y FCS12 Y S +
FC14-85 FC25-13
REMOTE
WINDOW
CONTROL
Y Y U U
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE NR NR NR NR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 01.1 24
BT2-8 RH2-8
U U S –
DRIVER SIDE NR NR NR N N B+ RH2-11 BT1-10 BT40-16
FUSE BOX 01.2 23
FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) DD1-22 DD10-1 Y Y S +
AC15-20 (RHD)
WINDOW RH2-12 BT1-11 BT40-8
LIFT
CONTROL
AC14 AC14 REMOTE
-9 -8 WINDOW
LH CLOSE
BO I
DD17-16 DD10-18
Y U
NW LH BG
34 I U U
DD17-10 DD17-17 DD10-10
– S SECURITY AND LOCKING
DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5 CONTROL MODULE
RH + S Y Y
GB I
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6
DD17-6 DD10-19
I U
RH BR DD10-11 DD16-2
I
DD17-7 DD11-7
O UY BK BK BK
DD10-13 DD16-5 DD16-4 DDS7 DD1-2
BK BK BK I RW
DD1-2 DDS7 DD17-20 DD10-12 DD16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC4AR
(FC2AR)
FC4AR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
O OY
(FC2AR)
DD10-15 DD16-1
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
O O
DD10-7 DD16-3
LOCK OY I DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
36
DD3-12 UNLOCK NG I
DD3-11 DD11-4
KEY BARREL BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR LOCK B B
SWITCHES I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE NW NW NW NW DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 01.1 47
BT2-2 RH2-13
PASSENGER SIDE NW NW NW N N B+
FUSE BOX 01.2 46
FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22 DP10-1
AC16-1 (RHD)
– S U U
DP10-9 DP1-8
+ S Y Y
BO I DP10-16 DP1-3
DP17-2 DP10-18 I U
NW
32 DP10-11 DP16-2
DP17-1 BG I
DP17-7 DP10-10
O UY BK BK BK
DP10-13 DP16-5 DP16-4 DPS7 DP1-2
WINDOW
BK BK BK LIFT
DPS7 DP17-8 CONTROL
DP1-2
I RW
FC2AR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DP10-12 DP16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC2AR
(FC4AR)
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK O OY
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DP10-15 DP16-1
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 O
O
B B I POWER
DP10-7 DP16-3
DP1-21 DP10-17
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-10 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH RF4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RH29 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
I FC14-36 CONVERTIBLE TOP READY TO LATCH GROUND B+
CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH RF4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
I FC14-62 CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED GROUND (CLOSED) B+
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP BT15 / 2-WAY AMP / NATURAL TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
I FC14-63 CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC14-77 REAR QUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACTIVATE GROUND B+ CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWITCH RH29 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH RF4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 / 10-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
I FC14-89 CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED GROUND B+ DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
O FC14-98 REAR QUARTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
LATCH CONTROL VALVE PH2 / 2-WAY DAUT & RIETZ / BLUE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MAIN CONTROL VALVE PH3 / 2-WAY DAUT & RIETZ / ORANGE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
Pin Description Active Inactive MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – LH RH33 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL
QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – RH RH34 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
Pin Description Active Inactive RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RELAYS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
Pin Description Active Inactive QUARTER DOWN RELAY – LH BLACK BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz QUARTER DOWN RELAY – RH BLACK BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz QUARTER UP RELAY – LH BLACK BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
C FC25-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz QUARTER UP RELAY – RH BLACK BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
C FC25-47 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz TOP UP RELAY BLACK BT16 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
TOP DOWN RELAY BLACK BT17 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS

Pin Description Active Inactive HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
O BT40-3 TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
O BT40-4 LATCH CONTROL VALVE B+ GROUND
BT3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
O BT40-9 MAIN CONTROL VALVE B+ GROUND
O BT40-10 TOP DOWN RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND
I BT40-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND DP1 23-WAY AMP – FORD / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I BT40-14 GROUND GROUND GROUND PH1 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW TRUNK
S BT40-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz RF1 24-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
I BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH GROUND B+ RF5 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LOWER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH5 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND LEFT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL
RH6 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND RIGHT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL
GROUNDS
BT1AL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT1BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT2BL EYELET (PAIR) – LEFT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Convertible Top Convertible Top Fig. 15.2
U U U U FCS11 U
– S 21.1 SCP
DD10-9 DD1-8 ACS5 AC14-8
Y Y Y Y FCS12 Y
+ S 21.1 SCP
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC14-9
WINDOW G CAN B 4 BT74

21.1
LIFT 5 3
CONTROL NR GW GW O
Y 69
21.1 CAN BT3-4 RH5-3
NR 1 2 GB RH33-2
52
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
N LH QUARTER
B+ Y C + LIGHT LIFT
13 LH QUARTER UP
FC14-80 FC25-11 RELAY
– S U U 5 WU I G C –
II 9 RH33-1
DP10-9 DP1-8 FC14-15 FC25-23 BTS37 B BT74
Y Y RG U U NR 10 8 GR GR U
+ S 8 I – S S – 70
II
DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-33 FC14-84 FC25-14 VEHICLE BT3-5 RH5-1
B
WR Y Y SPEED NR 6 7 GU
WINDOW 16 I + S S + 53
LIFT I
CONTROL FC14-32 FC14-85 FC25-13
YR I BT1BR
BK BK FC62-1 FC14-10 LH QUARTER DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
FCS47 FC62-10 Y I MAJOR RELAY
CONTROL MODULE FC3BR FC62-6 FC14-63 INSTRUMENT PACK
O GB GB GB
FC14-98 RH12-16 BT3-3 BTS33
CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH B 4 BT76
NG 5 3 GW GW O
59
BT3-7 RH6-3
GR GR I NR 1 2 GB RH34-2
54
RF4-2 RF1-4 FC14-89
CONVERTIBLE
TOP CLOSED TOP RH QUARTER
SWITCH CONTROL LIGHT LIFT
RH QUARTER UP
RELAY
BK BK BK GU GU I
RF5-6 RFS1 RF4-1 RF4-3 RF1-5 FC14-62 B 9 BT76 RH34-1
BTS35
NG 10 8 GU GU U
TOP LATCH CLOSED 60
FC3BR SWITCH B BT3-8 RH6-1
NR 6 7 GU
55
BTS34
OG OG GW GW I BT1BL
RF1-13 RF4-5 RF4-4 RF1-6 FC14-36
RH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY
TOP READY-TO-LATCH LOGIC
SWITCH O GU GU GU
POWER FC14-77 RH12-17 BT3-6
OG
RH12-15 BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE B 4 BT16
NR 5 3 B B
61
OG BT15-2
RH29-3 U U U B 2 1 U
– S
TOP RAISED 51
NR B+ BT40-16 BT1-10 RH2-11
SWITCH BT40-6 + S Y Y Y
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 CONVERTIBLE
TOP UP RELAY TOP PUMP
B B GW GW GW I U
O
RH29-1 RH29-2 BT3-1 BT41-3 BT40-3
B 4 BT17
TOP DOWN BTS18
RH1S
SWITCH NR 5 3 W W
CONVERTIBLE
62
BT15-1
TOP
CONTROL B 2 1 UY
BTS20
B B
BT1AL BT2BL
TOP DOWN RELAY
UY
O
BT40-10
GW GW B
O
BT40-4 PH1-1 PH2-2 PH2-1
BK LATCH CONTROL VALVE

I
BT40-13
BTS21 BK I GR GR B B B B
O
BT40-14 BT40-9 PH1-2 PH3-2 PH3-1 PHS1 PH1-3 BTS20
BK
BT1AR SECURITY AND LOCKING BT1AL
CONTROL MODULE MAIN CONTROL VALVE
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI C.S.U. / WHITE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
CD AUTO-CHANGER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
RADIO ANTENNA IC12 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE
SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
GROUNDS

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Standard In-Car Entertainment Standard In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.1
NR B+
43 RADIO
CAN Y C + IC19-1
21.1 ANTENNA
FC25-11 NR B+
44
CAN 21.1
G C – IC19-2
LH SIDE
FC25-23 30 W B+ IC13 IC12 DRIVER DOOR REAR QUARTER
I
IC19-7 LH SIDE SPEAKER SPEAKER
FASCIA SPEAKER (MID-BASS) (COUPE)
NG
57
VEHICLE O OY OY BT19-3
I
SPEED
FC26-20 IC1-11 IC20-1 B B
GB GB GB GB BT19-6 BTS20
O
IC20-18 IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
MAJOR BT1AL
INSTRUMENT PACK ANTENNA
MOTOR FC38 FC38 NOTE: The female pins of connector DD1 DD19 DD19 RH30 RH30
-1 -2 are located on the vehicle LH side for both -1 -2 -1 -2
RU
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING 10.2 LHD and RHD vehicles. NOT USED
IC20-20
NG OG
RG DD18 DD18
DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 -1 -2
IC20-21
YR NG NG NG U
U WB IC1-12 FCS67 AC14-13 DD1-17
17.2 17.1 TELEPHONE
MUTE
IC2-7 IC20-5 Y OG OG OG G
U U IC1-13 FCS68 AC14-14 DD1-23
17.2 17.1 TELEPHONE
AUDIO +
IC2-8 IC20-4 Y Y Y Y W
CELLULAR TELEPHONE UY UY IC19-3 ICS2 IC1-1 AC14-4 DD1-11
17.2 17.1 TELEPHONE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) AUDIO –
IC2-9 IC20-17 YR YR YR YR O
UY UY IC19-8 ICS1 IC1-2 AC14-3 DD1-12
17.2 17.1 A
IC2-10 IC20-19 WG WG WG
GW GW A IC1-3 RH1-1
17.2 17.1 COUPE
IC2-11 IC20-7 BW BW BW
IC1-4 RH1-2
CASSETTE
LH SIDE
RW RW RW RW I REAR SPEAKER
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-6 IC20-2 (CONVERTIBLE)
3.3 Κ Ω
W W W
SEEK
IC19-4 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1
6.8 Κ Ω CONV.
BG BG BG
VOLUME + IC19-11 IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2
20 Κ Ω
VOLUME - CASSETTE
BO BO BO BO BK WB WB WB
SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 IC19-5 IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1
RADIO CONTROL CONV.
SWITCHES YU YU YU
IC19-12 IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL
RH SIDE
REAR SPEAKER
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground (CONVERTIBLE)
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
BO BO BO
IC1-7 RH1-4
COUPE
WU WU WU
IC1-8 RH1-3
UY ICS4 UY UY UY O
O IC19-10 IC1-9 AC14-1 DP1-12
IC7-1 IC8-1 U ICS3 U U U W
W IC19-9 IC1-10 AC14-2 DP1-11
IC7-2 IC8-2 UY U FCS28 U U G
R IC1-14 AC14-12 DP1-23
IC7-3 IC8-3 U O FCS27 O O N
G IC1-15 AC14-11 DP1-17 DP18 DP18
-1 -2
IC7-4 IC8-4 AUDIO
NETWORK
B O U NOT USED
IC7-5 IC8-5
U FC39 FC39
NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1
DP19 DP19 RH31 RH31
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
IC7-6 IC8-6 are located on the vehicle LH side for both
LHD and RHD vehicles.
Y
IC7-7 IC8-7
B B
IC7-8 IC8-8 IC19-6
CD AUTO-CHANGER CE2 RH SIDE PASSENGER DOOR RH SIDE

RADIO / CASSETTE FASCIA SPEAKER SPEAKER REAR QUARTER
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit. HEAD UNIT (MID-BASS) SPEAKER
(COUPE)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
C FC25-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI C.S.U. / WHITE TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages. FC26 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC15 / 18-WAY / MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO ANTENNA IC12 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (TWEETER) DP18 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE
SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – REAR (COUPE) RH26 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
RH27 / 2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
GROUNDS
BT1CS EYELET (SINGLE) / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.2
NR B+
43
CAN Y C + IC19-1 RADIO
21.1 ANTENNA
FC25-11 NR B+
44
CAN 21.1
G C – IC19-2 LH SIDE
FC25-23 30 W B+ IC13 IC12 DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR REAR QUARTER
I
IC19-7
LH SIDE SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
FASCIA SPEAKER (TWEETER) (MID-BASS) (COUPE)
NG
57
OY OY BT19-3
VEHICLE O I
SPEED B B
FC26-20 IC1-11 IC20-1
GB GB GB GB BT19-6 BTS20
O
IC20-18 IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
MAJOR BT1AL
INSTRUMENT PACK ANTENNA NOTE: The female pins of connector
MOTOR FC38 FC38 DD1 are located on the vehicle LH DD19 DD19 RH30 RH30
-1 -2 side for both LHD and RHD vehicles. R B -1 -2 -1 -2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING RU
10.2
IC20-20
NG OG
DIMMER OVERRIDE RG DD18 DD18
10.2 -1 -2
IC20-21
NG NG NG NG U
U WB NG IC15-17 IC1-12 FCS67 AC14-13 DD1-17
17.2 17.1 TELEPHONE 67 B+
IC2-7 IC20-5
MUTE IC16-3 OG OG OG OG G
U U NG IC15-7 IC1-13 FCS68 AC14-14 DD1-23
17.2 17.1 TELEPHONE 68 B+
IC2-8 IC20-4
AUDIO + IC16-9 Y Y Y W
CELLULAR TELEPHONE UY UY TELEPHONE IC15-5 IC1-1 AC14-4 DD1-11
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 17.2 17.1 AUDIO –
IC2-9 IC20-17 YR YR YR O
UY UY A O Y TELEPHONE IC15-15 IC1-2 AC14-3 DD1-12
17.2 17.1 MUTE
IC2-10 IC20-19 IC20-6 IC16-7 WG WG WG
GW GW A IC15-4 IC1-3 RH1-1
17.2 17.1
IC2-11 IC20-7 BW BW BW
O IC15-12 IC1-4 RH1-2
CASSETTE IC8-1 IC7-1
LH SIDE
RW RW RW RW I W REAR SPEAKER
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-6 IC20-2 IC8-2 IC7-2 (CONVERTIBLE)
3.3 Κ Ω R
IC8-3 IC7-3 W W W
SEEK
6.8 Κ Ω G IC15-2 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1 RH26-1
AUDIO IC8-4 IC7-4 BG BG BG

VOLUME + NETWORK
B IC15-10 IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2 RH26-2
20 Κ Ω
IC8-5 IC7-5
VOLUME - CASSETTE U
BO BO BO BO BK IC8-6 IC7-6 WB WB WB
SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 Y IC15-11 IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1 RH27-1
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES IC8-7 IC7-7 YU YU YU
B IC15-3 IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2 RH27-2
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL IC8-8 IC7-8
RH SIDE
REAR SPEAKER REAR SPEAKER
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic B (COUPE)
(CONVERTIBLE)
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not IC19-6
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
CE2 BO BO BO
IC15-13 IC1-7 RH1-4
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT WU WU WU
IC15-14 IC1-8 RH1-3
UY UY UY O
O IC15-6 IC1-9 AC14-1 DP1-12
W U U U W
R IC15-16 IC1-10 AC14-2 DP1-11
G U U FCS28 U U G
AUDIO
B NETWORK IC15-18 IC1-14 AC14-12 DP1-23
U O O FCS27 O O N
Y IC15-8 IC1-15 AC14-11 DP1-17
B
BK BK BK O U DP18 DP18
IC16-11 IC4-7 BTS21 -1 -2
NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying lead. (COUPE) FC39 FC39 DP19 DP19 RH31 RH31
No connector codes are assigned. IC16-12 -1 -2 NOTE: The female pins of connector R B -1 -2 -1 -2
(CONV.) DP1 are located on the vehicle LH
side for both LHD and RHD vehicles.
B B
IC16-8 IC4-6
B B
IC16-2 IC4-5
CD AUTO-CHANGER POWER AMPLIFIER RH SIDE PASSENGER PASSENGER RH SIDE

BT1CS BT1AR FASCIA SPEAKER DOOR SPEAKER DOOR SPEAKER REAR QUARTER
(TWEETER) (MID-BASS) SPEAKER
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit. (COUPE)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE (PORTABLE PHONE) RT2 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK
HANDSET RT4 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
MICROPHONE RF9 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT SERIES TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH
RT1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT3 10-WAY CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT SERIES / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT8 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT SERIES / GREY BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT11 10-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
FC2CS EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4CS EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

XK8 Range 2001 Cellular Telephone: Portable Cellular Telephone: Portable Fig. 17.1
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
NR NR NR B+ TELEPHONE U U
37 MUTE 16.1 16.2
RT1-4 RTS2 RT2-10 RT5-5 RT1-6
NR B+ TELEPHONE U U
AUDIO + 16.1 16.2
RT2-3 RT5-10 RT1-7
29 G G G B+ TELEPHONE UY UY ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I MUTE – 16.1 16.2
RT1-5 RT2-2 RT5-11 RT1-8
RT7 RT7 A UY UY
-2 -1 16.1 16.2
RT5-16 RT1-9
A GW GW
16.1 16.2
RT5-15 RT1-10
N N W U U U
RT8-1 RT6-1 RT4-11 RT4-10 RT11-1 RT3-1 RT5-8
BRD BRD BRD B B B
RT8-2 RT6-2 RT4-12 RT4-6 RT11-2 RT3-2 RT5-13
R R R
RT4-2 RT11-3 RT3-3 RT5-7
BRD
RT5-1
Y Y Y
RT4-3 RT11-4 RT3-4 RT5-4
O O O
RT4-4 RT11-5 RT3-5 RT5-3
N N N
RT4-5 RT11-6 RT3-6 RT2-8
G G G
RT4-1 RT11-7 RT3-7 RT5-12
W W W
RT4-9 RT11-10 RT3-10 RT5-14
U U U
RT4-7 RT11-8 RT3-8 BRD RT2-6
B
BRD RT5-6
Y Y Y
RT4-8 RT11-9 RT3-9 RT2-1
HANDSET
(RECEIVER)
W W W
RF9-1 RF1-17 RT1-1 RT2-11
G G G
RF9-2
RF1-19 RT1-3 RT2-12
MICROPHONE BRD Y Y BRD Y Y BRD
RF1-18 RT1-2
B
RT2-4
B
RTS3
RT2-9
B
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
RT1-11
TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: NAS Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE (FIXED PHONE) RT9 / 32-WAY CONNECTOR / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT
HANDSET RT11 / 10-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
MICROPHONE RF9 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 / COAXIAL TRUNK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
RT1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT3 10-WAY CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT SERIES / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT8 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT SERIES / GREY BEHIND REAR SEAT
GROUNDS
FC2CS EYELET (SINGLE) / RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4CS EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

XK8 Range 2001 Cellular Telephone: Fixed Cellular Telephone: Fixed Fig. 17.2
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
NR NR NR B+ TELEPHONE U U
37 MUTE 16.1 16.2
RT1-4 RTS2 RT9-12 RT9-4 RT1-6
NR B+ TELEPHONE U U
AUDIO + 16.1 16.2
RT9-13 RT9-31 RT1-7
29 G G G B+ TELEPHONE UY UY
I MUTE – 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT1-5 RTS4 RT9-14 RT9-32 RT1-8
RT7 RT7 G B+ A UY UY
-2 -1 16.1 16.2
RT9-29 RT9-7 RT1-9
A GW GW
16.1 16.2
RT9-8 RT1-10
N N
RT8-1 RT10-1
BRD BRD
RT8-2 RT10-2
U
RT11-1 RT3-1
W
RT11-10 RT3-10
NOTE: Unused wires in harness.
B B
RT11-2 RT3-2 RT9-28
R R
RT11-3 RT3-3 RT9-24
Y Y
RT11-4 RT3-4 RT9-1
O O
RT11-5 RT3-5 RT9-20
N N
RT11-6 RT3-6 RT9-22
G B
RT11-7 RT3-7 RT9-25
U YU
RT11-8 RT3-8 RT9-3
Y Y
RT11-9 RT3-9 RT9-27
HANDSET
W W W
RF9-1 RF1-17 RT1-1 RT9-17
G G G
RF9-2
RF1-19 RT1-3 RT9-18
MICROPHONE BRD Y Y BRD Y Y Y
RF1-18 RT1-2 RT9-11
B
RT9-9
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
RT1-11 TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: ROW Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 17.3
COMPONENTS
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
GROUNDS

XK8 Range 2001 Navigation System Navigation System Fig. 17.3
NR Y Y REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

65 B+ REVERSE 09.2 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
IC22-8 IC22-16 IC4-9
35 WU B+
I NAVIGATION
IC22-7 W GPS ANTENNA
IC11-1 IC5-1
BRD
IC11-2 IC5-2
DIMMER RG RG
OVERRIDE IC22-14 IC1-20
G
AUDIO –
IC16-10 IC22-10
PREMIUM ICE N R R DIMMER RG RG DIMMER CONTROLLED

AUDIO AUDIO + 10.2 LIGHTING
IC16-6 IC22-9 IC23-1 FC98-8 OVERRIDE FC97-11 FCS4
IC3-1
NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying R BRD BRD
lead. No connector codes are assigned.
IC16-4 IC22-13 IC23-2 FC98-7 WU
IC3-2
B+ 32
FC97-4 I
G G
O O IC23-3 IC3-3 FC98-5 NR
B+ FC97-6
63
W W BRD BRD
R R IC23-4 IC3-4 FC98-4
G PREMIUM ICE G PREMIUM ICE U U RU DIMMER CONTROLLED

AUDIO
DIMMER 10.2
B AUDIO B IC23-5 FC98-2 FC97-12 LIGHTING
NETWORK NETWORK IC3-5
U U BRD BRD
Y Y IC23-6 IC3-6 FC98-1
B B W W
IC23-7 IC3-7 FC98-15
NOTE: Navigation Control Module to Power Amplifier Y Y
flying lead. No connector codes are assigned. IC23-8 FC98-14
IC3-8
CD AUTO-CHANGER POWER AMPLIFIER
(PREMIUM ICE) (PREMIUM ICE)
G G
IC23-10 IC2-1 FC98-11
NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CD Auto-changer

VEHICLE O OY I flying lead. No connector codes are assigned.
SPEED
IC20-9 IC22-15
O O
IC8-1 IC7-1 W
W R
IC8-2 IC7-2 STANDARD ICE G
AUDIO
R NETWORK
B
IC8-3 IC7-3 U
G Y
AUDIO IC8-4 IC7-4 B
NETWORK
B
CAN 21.1
Y C + IC8-5 IC7-5
FC25-11 U CD AUTO-CHANGER
CAN 21.1
G C – IC8-6 IC7-6 (STANDARD ICE)
FC25-23 Y
IC8-7 IC7-7
B
VEHICLE O OY OY I IC8-8 IC7-8
SPEED
FC26-20 IC1-11 IC20-1
BRD
AUDIO –
IC20-23 IC22-12
STANDARD ICE G B B B
AUDIO AUDIO +
IC20-10 IC22-11 IC22-1 IC4-8 BTS17
R
IC20-22 IC22-13 BT2AR
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
O O
IC20-8 IC3-12 FC97-9
RU RU
IC20-15 IC3-13 FC97-7
W W
IC20-14 IC3-9 FC97-10 BK BK
BRD BRD FC97-2 FCS48
IC20-16 IC3-10 FC97-8
FC3BL
RADIO / CASSETTE NAVIGATION

HEAD UNIT DISPLAY MODULE
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: NAV Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 17.4
COMPONENTS
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #1 TV4 / 1-WAY ANTENNA / BLACK REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #2 TV34 / 1-WAY ANTENNA / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #3 TV3 / 1-WAY ANTENNA / BLACK REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #4 TV35 / 1-WAY ANTENNA / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TV15 / 3-WAY ANTENNAE INPUT / GREY ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCH
TV18 / 3-WAY ANTENNAE INPUT / GREY ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCH
TELEVISION MODULE TV5 / 2-WAY 3.5 MM JACK PLUG / BLACK ON TRUNK FUSE BOX HOUSING
TV6 / 2-WAY 3.5 MM JACK PLUG / BLACK
TV7 / 2-WAY 3.5 MM JACK PLUG / BLACK
TV8 / 8-WAY AMP ML42 MICROLOCK / BLACK
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE TV10 / 8-WAY DIN / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR IR1 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TV12 / 4-WAY DIN / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
TV14 / 8-WAY DIN / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL
GROUNDS
TV36 EYELET (SINGLE) / BELOW PARCEL SHELF
TV38 EYELET (SINGLE) / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

XK8 Range 2001 Navigation System with TV and VICS Navigation System with TV and VICS Fig. 17.4
NAVIGATION
NR GPS ANTENNA
65 B+
IC22-8 Y Y 09.2
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
REVERSE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
WU IC22-16
33 B+ IC4-9
I IC22-7
W
IC11-1 IC5-1
BRD
IC11-2 IC5-2
DIMMER RG RG
OVERRIDE IC22-14 IC1-20
66
NR B+ 34 WU B+
TV10-8 I TV14-2 VEHICLE OY O I OY OY O + C Y CAN
SPEED 21.1
WU W IC22-15 IC20-9 IC20-1 FC26-20 FC25-11
35 B+ IC1-11
I TV10-1 TV14-5
W IC23-13
AUDIO –
BRD – C G 21.1 CAN
W TV10-4 TV12-2 BRD IC22-12 IC20-23 FC25-23
IR1-1 IR2-1 BRD TV14-7 IC23-14 G STANDARD ICE
AUDIO + VEHICLE
TV10-6 TV12-3 IC22-11 IC20-10 AUDIO
BRD G SPEED
IR1-2 IR2-2 G TV14-4 IC23-11 R
TV10-5 TV12-1 BRD IC22-13 IC20-22
B B BRD TV14-6 IC23-12
VEHICLE INFORMATION
TVS12 TV10-2 TV10-7 TV12-4
CONTROL
INFRARED SENSOR
TV38
VEHICLE INFORMATION O O
IC20-8 FC97-9 RG RG DIMMER
CONTROL IC3-12 DIMMER 10.2 CONTROLLED
BEACON MODULE RU RU OVERRIDE FC97-11 FCS4 LIGHTING
IC20-15 IC3-13 FC97-7
W W WU 32
B+ FC97-4 I
WU G IC20-14 FC97-10
37 B+ IC3-9
I TV18-1 TV18-3 TV11-1 B B BRD BRD NR
TV14-2
B+ FC97-6
63
WU BRD TVS12 IC20-16 FC97-8
38 B+ IC3-10
I TV15-1 TV18-3A TV11-2
TV38 RU DIMMER
RADIO / CASSETTE DIMMER 10.2 CONTROLLED
HEAD UNIT FC97-12 LIGHTING
NOTE: Any one of the VEHICLE INFORMATION
connected Television CONTROL MODULE
W Antennas serves as a
TV4-1 TV17-1 VICS Antenna. NR
64 TV8-4
B+
TELEVISION BRD G AUDIO –
ANTENNA TV17-1A IC16-10 IC22-10 WU
36 B+
RH #1 N I TV8-3
PREMIUM ICE
AUDIO +
AUDIO IC16-6 IC22-9 R R
R IC23-1 IC3-1 FC98-8
IC16-4 IC22-13 BRD BRD
W IC23-2 IC3-2 FC98-7
TV34-1 TV17-2 G G
POWER AMPLIFIER IC23-3
TELEVISION BRD (PREMIUM ICE) IC3-3 FC98-5
ANTENNA TV17-2A BRD BRD
RH #2 B B B IC23-4 IC3-4 FC98-4
BTS17 IC4-8 IC22-1 U U
IC23-5 IC3-5 FC98-2
BT2AR NOTE: Navigation Control BRD BRD
Module to Television Module
G IC23-6 FC98-1
NAVIGATION flying lead. No wire color IC3-6
TV3-1 TV19-2
CONTROL MODULE codes or connector codes are W W
assigned. IC23-7
TELEVISION BRD IC3-7 FC98-15
ANTENNA TV19-2A Y Y
LH #3 U IC23-8 IC3-8 FC98-14 BK BK
TV15-2 TV5-1 G G FC97-2 FCS48
BRD IC23-10 IC2-1 FC98-11

TV15-2A TV5-2 FC3BL
G R NAVIGATION
TV35-1 TV19-1 TV15-3 TV6-1
DISPLAY MODULE
TELEVISION BRD BRD
ANTENNA TVS4 TV19-1A TV15-3A TV6-2
LH #4 BK N OY OY OY
TV18-2 TV7-1 TV8-1 FCS56 FC19
TV36 IC2-5
BRD PARKING BRAKE
TV18-2A TV7-2 SWITCH
NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only.
B B
TVS12 TV8-2
TV38
TELEVISION ANTENNA TELEVISION MODULE
AMPLIFIER
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 17.3 for Navigation vehicles CD Auto-changer circuits.
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: TV and VICS Vehicles

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
CRASH SENSOR – FRONT LF50 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR
CRASH SENSOR – SIDE, LH RH15 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
CRASH SENSOR – SIDE, RH RH16 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BEHIND SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SD20 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
DRIVER SEAT TRACK SWITCH SD21 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
IGNITOR – LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER PT2 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
IGNITOR – PASSENGER AIRBAG / 1 FC75 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
IGNITOR – PASSENGER AIRBAG / 2 FC76 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
IGNITOR – RH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER PT3 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
IGNITOR – SIDE AIRBAG, DRIVER SD15 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BROWN SEAT BACK
IGNITOR – SIDE AIRBAG, PASSENGER SP15 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BROWN SEAT BACK
IGNITORS – DRIVER AIRBAG SW12 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / GREY CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
SW13 / 2-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE FC10 / 26-WAY AMP MQL / YELLOW ‘A’ POST / RH SIDE OF FASCIA
OCCUPANCY SENSOR – CONSOLE RZ2 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND ROOF CONSOLE
OCCUPANCY SENSOR – LH ‘A’ POST (RHD) RZ3 / 4-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK UPPER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
OCCUPANCY SENSOR – LH ‘B’ POST (RHD) RH10 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM
OCCUPANCY SENSOR – RH ‘A’ POST (LHD) RF3 / 4-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK UPPER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
OCCUPANCY SENSOR – RH ‘B’ POST (LHD) RH11 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP FC15 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SP20 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SP18 / 3-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE SP21 / 2-WAY METRI-PACK 150 / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 / 24-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC9 / 40-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK
LF2 8-WAY FORD AIRBAG / NATURAL LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PT1 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RZ1 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SD13 3-WAY EPC / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP13 3-WAY EPC / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SW10 4-WAY CONNECTOR / GREY INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS

XK8 Range 2001 Advanced Restraint System Advanced Restraint System Fig. 18.1
NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the three SRS Control Modules is a DRIVER DRIVER PASSENGER
local CAN Network. It is not part of the Powertrain CAN. SEAT TRACK PASSENGER FRONT SIDE CRASH SIDE CRASH
DRIVER
SEAT BELT SWITCH SWITCH SEAT BELT SWITCH CRASH SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
8 W 19 WG 20 WG
II B+ II II
FC8-12 SD20-4 SP20-4
BK BK G G BK BK G G CASSETTE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION O D FCS45 SD1-11 SDS7 SD20-1 FCS45 SP1-11 SP7 SP20-1 LF50 LF50 RH15-1 RH15-2 RH16-1 RH16-2 WR
21.1 -1 -2 (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD)
FC8-11 YU HALL EFFECT YG HALL EFFECT SW10-3 SW11-3
SWITCH SD21 SD21 SWITCH RH16-1 RH16-2 RH15-1 RH15-2
INSTRUMENT PACK: Y FC1S FC1S
OY
YU
O SD20-3 -1 -2 SP20-3 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
AIRBAG WARNING 08.1
WU (RHD)
WU (LHD)
GU (RHD)
GU (LHD)
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FC8-15
W (RHD)
CASSETTE
G (RHD)
W (LHD)
G (LHD)
RW
BW
BPM: AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING BW O FC9-25 YU RU
FC8-22 RW SD1-4 SW10-4 SW11-4
FC9-24
BW SD1-10 LF2 LF2 DRIVER AIRBAG
FC9-23
SD1-9 -1 -3 IGNITOR 1
FC9-26 YG
SP1-4 RH9-6 RH9-5 RH9-8 RH9-7
FC9-20 YU (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) (LHD) CASSETTE
9 W YB O FC9-19 OY RH9-8 RH9-7 RH9-6 RH9-5 NG
II FC15-3 (RHD) (RHD) (RHD) (RHD)
FC15-1 FC8-19 FC9-28 G (LHD) GU (RHD) SW10-2 SW11-2
FC9-27 W (LHD) WU (RHD)

PASSENGER AIRBAG FC9-30 GU (LHD) G (RHD) CASSETTE
DEACTIVATED WU (LHD) W (RHD) NW
FC9-29
INDICATOR LAMP
FC8-1 WR SW10-1 SW11-1
FC8-2 RU DRIVER AIRBAG

OG OG NG IGNITOR 2
6 I FC8-6
II
MODULE RH9-15 FC8-20 FC8-5 NW
IDENTIFICATION:
COUPE OG I FC8-3 RW RW
RH9-16 FC8-21 FC8-4 BW FC75-1
OG OG I FC8-13 RW
MODULE RH9-15 FC8-20 BW
IDENTIFICATION: FC8-14
CONVERTIBLE OG OG I FC9-1 U BW
RHS1 RH9-16 FC8-21 O FC75-2
FC9-2
FC9-21 UY PASSENGER AIRBAG
BK OY IGNITOR 1
I FC9-22
FC8-16 FC9-31 RW RW
O C FC9-32 BW FC76-1
FC9-17 FC9-33 RW
U C FC9-34 BW
FC9-18 BW
FC76-2
RESTRAINTS PASSENGER AIRBAG

CONTROL MODULE IGNITOR 2
U Y
U C FC10-20 N SD13-1 SD15-1
FC10-24 FC10-21 Y
O C FC10-7 N
FC10-25 FC10-8 G O U
7 W FC10-5 W SD13-3 SD15-2
II B+
FC10-22 FC10-6 U DRIVER
W SIDE AIRBAG
FC10-18 IGNITOR
FC10-19 O UY Y
FC10-20 N SP13-1 SP15-1
FC10-21 Y
FC10-7 N
FC10-8 G OY U
FC10-18 W SP13-3 SP15-2
BK FC10-19 O (LHD) PASSENGER
I
FC10-23 W (LHD) SIDE AIRBAG
FC10-5 IGNITOR
FC10-6 U (LHD)
FC10-3 W (LHD)
O C FC10-4 Y
SP1-9 FC10-12 FC10-1 W
U C FC10-2 G (RHD) RW RW
SP1-10 FC10-11 RZ1 RZ1 RZ1 RZ1 RF5 RF5 RF5 RF5 RH9 RH9 RH9 RH9 RZ1 RZ1 RZ1 RZ1 RH9 RH9 RH9 RH9 PT1-4 PT3-2
-2 -1 -4 -3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -12 -11 -14 -13 -8 -7 -6 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3
OCCUPANCY SENSING
MODULE (RHD) BW BW
W
W
W
W
O
G
O
G
G
U
U
N
N
Y
Y
PT1-3 PT3-1
RZ2 RZ2 RZ2 RZ2 RF3 RF3 RF3 RF3 RH11 RH11 RH11 RH11 RZ3 RZ3 RZ3 RZ3 RH10 RH10 RH10 RH10 RH SEAT BELT
U -1 -2 -3 -4 -1 -2 -3 -4 -1 -2 -3 -4 -1 -2 -3 -4 -1 -2 -3 -4 PRETENSIONER
C IGNITOR
SP21-F
O C SP21-H BO (RHD) RW RW
SP21-E SP18-A PT1-2 PT2-2
21 WG SP21-J WG
II B+
SP21-G SP18-C
BK BK G G I SP21-K G (RHD) BW BW
FCS45 SP1-11 SPS7 SP21-D SP18-B PT1-1 PT2-1
LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
FC1S PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT CONSOLE RH ‘A’ POST RH ‘B’ POST LH ‘A’ POST LH ‘B’ POST NOTE: Shorting bars located at IGNITOR
WEIGHT SENSING WEIGHT OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR RCM connector.
MODULE PRESSURE SENSOR (LHD) (LHD) (RHD) (RHD)

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH RB3 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH RB4 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB2 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB5 / 3-WAY AMP MQL / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER RH4 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
REVERSE PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 / 16-WAY CONNECTOR / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
RB1 / 12-WAY CONNECTOR / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
GROUNDS
BT3S EYELET (SINGLE) / TRUNK, LEFT REAR

XK8 Range 2001 Reverse Parking Aid System Reverse Parking Aid System Fig. 19.1
40 WG B+
II BT4-1 U +
BT4-2 BT1-14 RH4-1 PARKING AID
R SOUNDER
–
BT4-10 BT1-15 RH4-2
REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED

09.2
Y I
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BT4-6
WU
RB1-11 RB5-1
I W RH
RB1-4 RB5-2 PARKING AID SENSOR
WR
RB1-8 RB5-3
GU
RB1-6 RB4-1
I GO CENTER RH
GW
RB1-1 RB4-3
BW
RB1-10 RB3-1
I BO CENTER LH
BG
RB1-7 RB3-3
NW
RB1-12 RB2-1
B B I I NG LH
BTS23 BT4-16 RB1-5 RB2-2 PARKING AID SENSOR
NR
BT3S RB1-9 RB2-3
REVERSE PARKING AID

CONTROL MODULE

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
I FC14-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
O FC14-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (HORN SOUNDING) B+
CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
FC59 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK
FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR FC51 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GLOVE BOX
LF70 / EYELET
BT64 / EYELET
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) RF11 / HYBRID / WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
RF10 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP1 / 1-WAY BLADE / METALLIC CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
HP2 / 1-WAY BLADE / METALLIC
HP3 / EYELET
HORN – LH LF16 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / REAR
LF17 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK
HORN – RH LF14 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / REAR
LF15 / LUCAR POSILOCK / BLACK
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT25 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
RELAYS
HORN RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH14 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
BT2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT2BS EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
LF2BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 20.1
N B+ U U
13
FC14-80 #11 10A LF7-1 LF14
CASSETTE
B B
HP1 LFS8
GU GU GU I LF15
SW2-1 SW1-1 SC3-1 FC14-4 3 5 GB
5 LF1AL
#13 10A LF7-5
GU RH HORN
1 2 GW
HP2 CASSETTE 5
B BK BK BK BK LF6-6
HORN
HP3 SW2-5 SW1-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48 CONTROL
HORN RELAY (#6)
HORN GB B B WU 31
SWITCHES FCS49 I
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LF16 FC42-1 FC42-2
FC3BL
O GW B B
STEERING WHEEL LFS9 CIGAR LIGHTER
FC14-70 LF60-14 LF17 FC4BR
(FC2BR)
LF2BR
LOGIC
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or LH HORN
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORNS CIGAR LIGHTER
NG
25
BT25-1
WR WR NR
15
#11 10A BT12-1 BTS38 BT25-3 RF10-2 RF11-1
B
3 5 BT25-2
1
#13 BT12-5 BT2BR (CONV.) NW N
BT2BS (COUPE)
TRUNK 4
2 1 WR ACCESSORY RP2 RP1-2 RP1-1
1 13 3A
BT11-6 I CONNECTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

B
RP3
TRUNK FUSE BOX BK

RFS1 RF10-1 RF11-2
BK ELECTRONIC FC2DS
NG ROAD PRICING
26 MODULE
FC51-1 RF5-6
WR WR WR
BT58-1 RH14-1 FC51-3
BK GARAGE DOOR OPENER
B
FC51-2 FC3BR
FC2BL
(FC4BL) FASCIA
ACCESSORY ROOF CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS GARAGE DOOR OPENER ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING

1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
Fig. 21.1
COMPONENTS
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT LEFT
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER LF18 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 / 12-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 / 16-WAY AMP OBD2 / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 / 24-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC9 / 40-WAY CONNECTOR / BLACK
SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RH20 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM72 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM73 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
BT2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL
GROUNDS

REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 2001 Networks; Serial Data Links Networks; Serial Data Links Fig. 21.1
NW B+
22
Y Y Y Y (N/A) Y Y EMS55 Y Y Y FC53-16
+ C C + + C C + + C C + + C C + + C C +
LF37-5 LF61-11 LF61-10 LF40-3 EM83-24 EM83-25 FC25-11 WU
EM7-83 EM7-86 EM1-6 FC88-4 FC88-9 42 B+
G EMS54 G G II FC53-9
– C G C – – C G G C – – C G (N/A) G C – – C C – – C G C –
LF37-15 LF61-5 LF61-4 LF40-4 EM83-15 EM83-16 FC25-23 WR
EM7-82 EM7-85 EM1-7 FC88-3 FC88-8 18
I FC53-8
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL TRANSMISSION ENGINE GEAR SELECTOR 4 WU
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A CONTROL MODULE ILLUMINATION MODULE II FC53-1
Y EMS53 Y (SC) Y
+ C + C
EM72-H EM87-3 + C Y C +
G EMS52 G (SC) G FC25-10 FC53-6
– C – C
EM72-L EM87-7 – C G C –
FC25-24 FC53-14
TRANSMISSION ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL NOTE: Adaptive Speed Control Booster Control Module
CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC BOOSTER CONTROL MODULE and circuit – Adaptive Speed Control vehicles only.
+ C Y C + + C Y Y
LF37-5
G
LF61-11 LF61-10
G
LF40-3
G
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
– C C – – C
LF37-15 LF61-5 LF61-4 LF40-4 U S –
FC25-14
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL NOTE: Adaptive Speed Control Booster Y
Control Module and circuit – S +
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE FC25-13
Adaptive Speed Control vehicles only.
– S U U S – MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC14-84 SP22-13
+ S Y Y S +
FC14-85 SP22-14
BODY PROCESSOR PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT

MODULE CONTROL MODULE
– S U U U U U U S –
BT40-16 BT1-10 RH2-11 FCS11 SP1-3 SPS9 SP5-10
+ S Y Y Y Y Y Y S +
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH2-12 FCS12 SP1-8 SPS10 SP5-9 G G
D D
PROGRAMMING EM7-88 (N/A) FC53-11
EM1-12
EM73-1 (SC)
SECURITY AND LOCKING PASSENGER SEAT
U U ACS5 U U U U U
– S S – TRANSMISSION CONTROL
DP10-9 DP1-8 AC14-8 SD1-3 SDS9 SD5-10 MODULE
Y Y ACS6 Y Y Y Y Y
+ S S +
DP10-16 DP1-3 AC14-9 SD1-8 SDS10 SD5-9
FCCP D U U D
PASSENGER DOOR DRIVER SEAT EM80-27 EM1-5 FC53-12
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE W W
VFP D D
EM80-19 EM1-20 FC53-13
– S U U U S –
DD10-9 DD1-8 SD22-13 ENGINE CONTROL
Y Y Y MODULE
+ S S +
DD10-16 DD1-3 SD22-14
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
DRIVER DOOR
STANDARD CORPORATE DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) U S –
O FC53-10
D
FC8-11 Y S +
FC53-2
W D
FC53-15
RESTRAINTS O D
CONTROL MODULE FC53-7
BK
W W W FCS15 FC53-4
D
BT69-28 BT2-19 RH12-4 BK
FCS48
O O O FCS16 O YB GO GO FC53-5
D D D D D
BT69-10 BT2-20 RH12-5 FC22-6 FC22-9 FC14-92 FC14-13 LF1-12 LF18-4 BK DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
ADAPTIVE DAMPING KEY TRANSPONDER BODY PROCESSOR LF18-3 FC3BL
CONTROL MODULE MODULE MODULE
LF18-6
D W W W W D
EM80-18 EM1-1 AC14-5 AC4-10 LF18-5
D O O O O D ACTIVE
EM80-17 SECURITY SOUNDER
EM1-2 AC14-6 AC4-21
(ROW ONLY) NOTE: Serial Data Link:
W wire – serial input
ENGINE CONTROL AIR CONDITIONING O wire – serial output
MODULE SERIAL DATA LINK CONTROL MODULE O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication
I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT:

All Vehicles
1 7 Fig. 01.1 1
II
5
E
Fig. 01.1 8 50 Fig. 01.2 51 90 Fig. 01.3 6
II
58 Fig. 01.4
II
59
E
73 Fig. 01.5
E
1 18 Fig. 02.1
I
XK8 Range 2001 Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
ABS/TCCM Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module

BPM Body Processor Module
DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
ECM Engine Control Module
INST Instrument Pack
J-GATE Gear Selector Illumination Module
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
TCM Transmission Control Module
SCCM Adaptive Speed Control Control Module
SCBCM Adaptive Speed Control Booster Control Module
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 i

Appendix XK8 Range 2001
CAN Message Matrix
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
Message / Function Source
CAN traction acknowledge ECM X
CAN traction control estimated engine torque ECM X
CAN set speed ECM X
CAN target speed ECM X
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque ECM X X
CAN throttle position ECM X X
CAN pedal position ECM X X X
CAN torque reduction acknowledge ECM X
CAN engine speed ECM X X X
CAN brake pedal pressed ECM X X X X
CAN ECM adaptive speed control fail ECM X
CAN speed control status ECM X X
CAN parking brake status ECM X
CAN OBD II clear fault codes ECM X X
CAN headway increment ECM X
CAN cancel request ECM X
CAN engine coolant temperature ECM X X
CAN engine OBD II MIL ECM X X
CAN throttle malfunction red ECM X X
CAN throttle malfunction amber ECM X X
CAN ECM fault code MIL status ECM X
CAN ECM PECUS flag ECM X
CAN engine fault codes ECM X
CAN fuel used ECM X
CAN barometric pressure ECM X
CAN torque reduction request TCM X
CAN transmission overload TCM X
CAN transmission input speed TCM X X
CAN transmission output speed TCM X X
CAN torque converter slip TCM X X
CAN kickdown TCM X X
ii DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
CAN gear position actual TCM X X
CAN torque converter status TCM X X
CAN gear position selected TCM X X X
CAN gear selection fault TCM X X X
CAN transmission shift map TCM X X X
CAN transmission oil temperature TCM X X
CAN transmission malfunction TCM X X X
CAN TCM PECUS flag TCM X
CAN gear position target (not used) TCM X
CAN torque transfer in progress (not used) TCM X
CAN TCM fault code MIL status TCM X
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge TCM X
CAN transmission fault codes TCM X X
CAN torque reduction throttle ABS/TCCM X
CAN fast torque reduction ignition ABS/TCCM X
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder ABS/TCCM X
CAN traction status ABS/TCCM X X
CAN traction shift map ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS PECUS flag ABS/TCCM X
CAN vehicle reference speed ABS/TCCM X X
CAN reference distance traveled ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS fault codes ABS/TCCM X
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS fault code MIL status ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS malfunction ABS/TCCM X X X
CAN ABS status ABS/TCCM X
CAN front left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X X
CAN front right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X X
CAN rear left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
CAN rear right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X X
CAN sidelight status INST X
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 iii

CAN Message Matrix
Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
CAN dipped beam status INST X
CAN main beam status INST X
CAN oil pressure low INST X
CAN indicator right INST X
CAN indicator left INST X
CAN trip units INST X X
CAN fuel level damped INST X
CAN fuel level raw INST X
CAN display commands SCCM X
CAN headway setting SCCM X
CAN follow warning light SCCM X
CAN extra bong SCCM X
CAN display set speed SCCM X
CAN follow speed SCCM X
CAN brake demand pressure SCCM X
CAN adaptive speed control status SCCM X
CAN adaptive speed control PECUS flag SCCM X
CAN brake booster enable SCCM X
CAN brake actual pressure SCBCM X
CAN brake demand pressure acknowledge SCBCM X
CAN SBU status SCBCM X
CAN diagnostic data in acknowledge DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data out acknowledge SCCM X
CAN diagnostic data in SCBCM DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data out SCBCM SCBCM X
CAN NWM token ECM ECM X X X X
CAN NWM token TCM TCM X X X X
CAN NWM token INST INST X X X X
CAN NWM token ABS ABS/TCCM X X X X
CAN NWM token SCCM SCCM X
CAN diagnostic data in ECM DIAG X
iv DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

Receivers
ABS/TCCM
SCBCM
J-GATE
SCCM
DIAG
INST
ECM
TCM
CAN diagnostic data in TCM DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data in INST DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data in ABS DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data out ECM ECM X
CAN diagnostic data out TCM TCM X
CAN diagnostic data out INST INST X
CAN diagnostic data out ABS ABS/TCCM X
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 v

SCP Message Matrix

# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R .....
2 Brake pedal pressed T ............... R ....................................................................................................
3 SLCM not programmed R ............................................................................................................. T .....
4 BPM not programmed R .............. T ....................................................................................................
5 DDCM not programmed R ................................. T .................................................................................
6 DSCM not programmed R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
7 PDCM not programmed R .................................................... T ..............................................................
8 PSCM not programmed R .......................................................................................... T ........................
9 Left hand drive vehicle ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
10 Valet mode OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
11 Non-convertible vehicle ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
12 Right hand drive vehicle ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
13 Valet mode ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
14 Convertible vehicle ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
15 Request vehicle drive side ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
16 Request valet mode status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
17 Request convertible status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
18 Reverse gear selected T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
19 Not-in-park switch – inactive ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
20 Not-in-park switch – active ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
21 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
22 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
23–58 Diagnostic messages ........................................................................................................................
59 Charging OK T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................
60 Inertia switch inactive ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
61 Inertia switch active ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
62 Request inertia switch status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
63 Request inertia switch status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
64 Ignition status R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
65 Key not-in-ignition ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
66 Key in-ignition ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
67 Request ignition status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
68 Request ignition status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
69 Request ignition status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
70 Request ignition status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
71 Request ignition status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
72 Request ignition status ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
73 Request key-in status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
74 Request key-in status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
75 Request key-in status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
76 Request key-in status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
77 Seat belt telltale OFF R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
78 Low washer fluid warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
79 Convertible top latch warning OFF R ............................................................................................................. T .....
80 Seat belt telltale ON R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
81 Low washer fluid warning ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
82 Convertible top latch warning ON R ............................................................................................................. T .....
83 Request washer fluid status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
84 Request convertible top latch status T .............................................................................................................. R .....
85 Security audible indication ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
86 Remote panic ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
87 Security disarm ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
88 Glass break fault ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
89 Security armed ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
90 Key valid ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
91 Glass break detected ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
92 Request security arm status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
93 Request security arm status ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
vi DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000


94 Request security arm status ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
95 Seat belt chime OFF ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
96 Seat belt chime ON ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
97 Request seat belt chime status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
166 Recall memory 1 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
167 Recall memory 2 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
168 Save memory 1 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
169 Save memory 2 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
170 DDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
171 DSCM memory 1 recalled ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
172 PDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
173 DDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
174 DSCM memory 2 recalled ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
175 PDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
176 Park fold-back mirrors ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
177 Unfold fold-back mirrors ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
178 Stop driver mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
179 Stop passenger mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
180 Driver mirror up ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
181 Passenger mirror up ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
182 Driver mirror down ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
183 Passenger mirror down ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
184 Passenger mirror right ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
185 Passenger mirror left ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
186 Unlock driver door ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
187 Unlock passenger door ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
188 Remote unlock ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
189 Remote trunk release ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
190 Lock front doors ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
191 Lock front doors ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
192 Remote superlock ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
193 Superlock driver door ......................................................................... T ...........................................
194 Superlock passenger door ................................... T .................................................................................
195 Remote lock ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
196 Vehicle unlocked ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
197 Driver door unlocked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
198 Passenger door unlocked ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T .....
199 Driver lock switch status ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
200 Passenger lock switch status ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R .....
201 Driver door unsuperlocked ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
202 Passenger door unsuperlocked ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
203 Vehicle locked ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
204 Driver door locked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
205 Passenger door locked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
206 Driver door superlocked ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
207 Passenger door superlocked ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
208 Request vehicle lock status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
209 Request driver door lock status ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
210 Request passenger door status ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
211 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
212 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
213 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
214 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
215 Request superlock status ................ T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
216 Open trunk ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
continued…
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 vii

SCP Message Matrix

217 Hood closed R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
218 Driver door closed R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
219 Passenger door closed R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R .....
220 Trunk closed R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
221 Stop fuel filler flap open ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
222 Convertible top latch status ................ T ....................................................................................................
223 Hood ajar R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
224 Driver door ajar R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
225 Passenger door ajar R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R .....
226 Trunk ajar R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
227 Open fuel filler flap ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
228 Request hood ajar status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
229 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
230 Request driver door status ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
231 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R .................................. T ...........................................
232 Request passenger door ajar status ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
233 Request trunk ajar status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
234 Request convertible top latch switches status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
235 Driver seat heater telltale OFF ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
236 Passenger seat heater telltale OFF ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
237 Driver seat heater telltale ON ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
238 Passenger seat heater telltale ON ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
239 Request driver heater telltale status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
240 Request passenger heater telltale status ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
241 Stop global window open ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
242 Stop global window close ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
243 Position driver window ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
244 Position passenger window ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
245 Position rear quarters ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
246 Driver window position ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
247 Passenger window position ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
248 Stop passenger window open ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
249 Stop convertible top open ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
250 Stop passenger window close ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
251 Stop convertible top close ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
252 Open passenger window ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
253 Open convertible top ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
254 Close passenger window ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
255 Close convertible top ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
256 Request driver window position ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
257 Request passenger window position ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
258 Request driver and passenger window switch status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
259 Driver seat heater switch active ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
260 Passenger seat heater switch active ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
261 Front bulb failure R .............. T ....................................................................................................
262 Rear bulb failure R ............................................................................................................. T .....
263 Front bulbs OK R .............. T ....................................................................................................
264 Rear bulbs OK R ............................................................................................................. T .....
265 Request front bulb fail status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
266 Request rear bulb fail status T .............................................................................................................. R .....
267 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
268 Remote headlamp convenience OFF ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
269 Rear fog lamps ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
270 Remote headlamp convenience ON ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
271 Dip beam OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
272 Side lamps OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
273 Hazard warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
274 Left DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
viii DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000


275 Right DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
276 Main beam OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
277 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
278 Main beam flash OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
279 Request rear fog switch status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
280 Request remote headlamp convenience status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
281 Dip beam ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
282 Side lamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
283 Hazards ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
284 Left DI lamp ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
285 Right DI lamp ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
286 Main beam ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
287 Rear fog lamps ON ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
288 Main beam flash ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
289 Request dip beam status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
290 Request side lamps status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
291 Request left DI status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
292 Request right DI status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
293 Request main beam status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
294 Request hazard warning status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
295 Request rear fog lamps status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
296 Interior lamps OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
297 Interior lamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
298 Request interior lighting status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
299 Valet mode message OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
300 Recoding keying message OFF R ............................................................................................................. T .....
301 Valet mode message R .............. T ....................................................................................................
302 Recoding keying message R ............................................................................................................. T .....
357 Wake up (SLCM) ............................................................................................................... T .....
358 Wake up (BPM) ................ T ....................................................................................................
359 Wake up (INST) T .......................................................................................................................
360 Wake up (DDCM) ................................... T .................................................................................
361 Wake up (DSCM) ......................................................................... T ...........................................
362 Wake up (PDCM) ...................................................... T ..............................................................
363 Wake up (PSCM) ............................................................................................ T ........................
364 Network awake (SLCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
365 Network awake (BPM) R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
366 Network awake (INST) T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
367 Network awake (DDCM) R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
368 Network awake (DSCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
369 Network awake (PDCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
370 Network awake (PSCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
371 SLCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
372 BPM entering sleep mode R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
373 INST entering sleep mode T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
374 DDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
375 DSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
376 PDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
377 PSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 ix

2001 Model Year XK8 Range Electrical Guide: Jaguar Cars Limited Published by Parts and Service Communications

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2001 Model Year XK8 Range Electrical Guide: Jaguar Cars Limited Published by Parts and Service Communications

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO

2001 Model Year

Published by Parts and Service Communications

Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14/10

Electrical Guide Format

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 1

Table of Contents: Figures ........................................................................................... 3 – 4

2 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

03 Battery; Starter; Generator

08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 3

11 Steering Column; Mirrors

14 Wash / Wipe System

15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top

21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems

4 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 5

6 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 13.2

Power Amplifier ....................................................................... Fig. 16.2

Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2

Powerwash Pump ................................................................... Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 7

Stability / Traction Control Switch ............................................ Fig. 06.1

8 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

Telephone Handset ................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Telephone Microphone ............................................................ Fig. 17.1

Television Antenna Amplifier ................................................... Fig. 17.4

Television Antennas ................................................................ Fig. 17.4

Television Module ................................................................... Fig. 17.4

Throttle Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) ................................................ Fig. 04.1

Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ................................. Fig. 05.1

Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC ................................... Fig. 05.2

Transmission Rotary Switch .................................................... Fig. 05.1

Trip Computer Switch Pack ..................................................... Fig. 08.1

Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1

Trunk Accessory Connector ..................................................... Fig. 20.1

Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switch .......................................... Fig. 10.2

Trunk Lamps ............................................................................ Fig. 10.1

Trunk Release Solenoid ........................................................... Fig. 13.1

Trunk Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1

Valet Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 10.2

Vanity Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1

Variable Steering Converter ..................................................... Fig. 06.2

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 9

Figure and Data Page Layout

10 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.1

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

BT68 BATTERY HIGH POWER

I Input + Sensor Supply V A ACP S SCP VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 11

O Output – Sensor Ground C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data

12 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000

Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes

DATE OF ISSUE: September 2000 13

Harness Component Numbers